From 14d3d1e0739a3b1aa77b3217f01fe89d4733f639 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Bobby Bissett
Date: Thu, 27 Jul 2023 11:37:19 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 001/255] Adding warning message about openjdk 11 issue on
redhat
Pushing this first and will correct formatting after I see the generated pages.
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx | 6 +++++-
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx | 7 ++++++-
2 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
index 62749d37f2e..96c3d93de75 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
title: "Troubleshooting"
-redirects:
+redirects:
- ../efm_user/13_troubleshooting
legacyRedirectsGenerated:
# This list is generated by a script. If you need add entries, use the `legacyRedirects` key.
@@ -47,3 +47,7 @@ openjdk version "1.8.0_191"
OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 1.8.0_191-b12)
OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.191-b12, mixed mode)
```
+!!! Note:
+ There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+ `java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
+ If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
index 24e2b64e048..7a55ea3e34a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
title: "Prerequisites"
-redirects:
+redirects:
- ../efm_user/02_failover_manager_overview/01_prerequisites
- /efm/latest/01_prerequisites/
legacyRedirectsGenerated:
@@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ Before configuring a Failover Manager cluster, you must satisfy the prerequisite
Before using Failover Manager, you must first install Java (version 1.8 or later). Failover Manager is tested with OpenJDK, and we strongly recommend installing that version of Java. [Installation instructions for Java](https://openjdk.java.net/install/) are platform specific.
+!!! Note:
+ There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+ `java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
+ If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
+
## Provide an SMTP server
You can receive notifications from Failover Manager as specified by a user-defined notification script, by email, or both.
From e15922d3ed9e017567c407a541206797dbd3edaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Bobby Bissett
Date: Thu, 27 Jul 2023 13:16:01 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 002/255] Trying to add newlines.
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx | 2 ++
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx | 2 ++
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
index 96c3d93de75..44da9ff6493 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
@@ -49,5 +49,7 @@ OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.191-b12, mixed mode)
```
!!! Note:
There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
+
If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
index 7a55ea3e34a..83a7845f59c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ Before using Failover Manager, you must first install Java (version 1.8 or later
!!! Note:
There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
+
If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
## Provide an SMTP server
From 40ed6bbd43906002918af9e86823368846a7e588 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Bobby Bissett
Date: Thu, 27 Jul 2023 13:54:07 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 003/255] Somehow "Note" was lost.
Trying it like other examples in the doc but can't find one with multiple lines yet.
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx | 2 +-
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx | 2 +-
2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
index 44da9ff6493..ff558cdb8bc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ openjdk version "1.8.0_191"
OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 1.8.0_191-b12)
OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.191-b12, mixed mode)
```
-!!! Note:
+!!! Note
There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
index 83a7845f59c..7c221116dc5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Before configuring a Failover Manager cluster, you must satisfy the prerequisite
Before using Failover Manager, you must first install Java (version 1.8 or later). Failover Manager is tested with OpenJDK, and we strongly recommend installing that version of Java. [Installation instructions for Java](https://openjdk.java.net/install/) are platform specific.
-!!! Note:
+!!! Note
There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
From 5d7421fa7fc2ebb20363d5fba32ed93123f9dfa0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: michaelwilleredb
Date: Thu, 17 Aug 2023 10:09:22 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 004/255] Adding Server sizing considerations
---
.../migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx | 15 +++++++++++++++
1 file changed, 15 insertions(+)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
index d74965ef80b..ea5e60507aa 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ You'll want to think about these factors when analyzing and planning for your mi
- Infrastructure
- Applications
- Operations
+- Server sizing
## Schema migration considerations
@@ -68,6 +69,20 @@ Migrating a legacy database to new database technology results in the need to up
Also, when legacy databases are running on older specialized hardware and operating systems, a database migration might also require migrating the underlying host systems to modern platforms and operating systems. For on-premises migrations, this can result in the need to change your operations and maintenance procedures and tools to work with the new server platforms and operating systems. For migrations to the cloud, some of the operations and maintenance activities will be handled by the cloud service provider but others will still be your responsibility. Likely, those activities will require different tools and procedures from the ones you're currently using.
+## Sizing and configuration considerations
+
+"How big a server will I need?"
+
+This question comes up quite often when considering Oracle to Postgres migrations. The shortest answer is "It depends...", which is not a good answer. A better one is: "Start with a 1:1 (i.e. same number of cores, RAM, ...) and go from there".
+
+Why is that?
+
+Postgres and Oracle are very different under the hood with different SQL planning, different storage and access patterns .. even the version control and transaction isolation is implemented in a different way. So, it's no surprise that is difficult to set up a simple formular, that covers all possible permutations of Oracle configurations and architectures. And the truth is that all databases respond differently to the workload being run. So, the same workload will
+
+EDB has performed a large number of benchmarks on different CPU/RAM configuration that show that Postgres (and EPAS) are both slightly faster than Oracle ... on on a TPC-C workload. These results might not apply to your application(s), but it's a good starting point.
+
+If the hardware on the new server differs from the existing Oracle server(s), then using a tool like [HammerDB](http://hammerdb.com) would allow you compare the performance. Please refer to the [HammerDB documentation(https://www.hammerdb.com/docs/ch03s04.html) when comparing results.
+
## Some best practice considerations
The following are some best practices to consider when planning for your Oracle-to-Postgres database application migration:
From 179670da4dcacec3bb4da63971e406a4f05d1bba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 17 Aug 2023 11:26:32 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 005/255] Update factors_to_consider.mdx
---
advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx | 10 +++++-----
1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
index ea5e60507aa..c778f609d78 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
@@ -73,15 +73,15 @@ Also, when legacy databases are running on older specialized hardware and operat
"How big a server will I need?"
-This question comes up quite often when considering Oracle to Postgres migrations. The shortest answer is "It depends...", which is not a good answer. A better one is: "Start with a 1:1 (i.e. same number of cores, RAM, ...) and go from there".
+This question comes up often when considering Oracle-to-Postgres migrations. The shortest answer is, "It depends," which isn't a good answer. A better one is, "Start with a 1:1 correspondence (that is, same number of cores, RAM, and so on), and go from there."
-Why is that?
+Why is that?
-Postgres and Oracle are very different under the hood with different SQL planning, different storage and access patterns .. even the version control and transaction isolation is implemented in a different way. So, it's no surprise that is difficult to set up a simple formular, that covers all possible permutations of Oracle configurations and architectures. And the truth is that all databases respond differently to the workload being run. So, the same workload will
+Postgres and Oracle are very different under the hood, with different SQL planning and different storage and access patterns. Even the version control and transaction isolation are implemented in a different way. That makes it difficult to set up a simple formula that covers all possible permutations of Oracle configurations and architectures. All databases respond differently to the workload being run.
-EDB has performed a large number of benchmarks on different CPU/RAM configuration that show that Postgres (and EPAS) are both slightly faster than Oracle ... on on a TPC-C workload. These results might not apply to your application(s), but it's a good starting point.
+EDB has performed many benchmarks on different CPU/RAM configurations that show that Postgres and EDB Postgres Advanced Server are both slightly faster than Oracle on a TPC-C workload. These results might not apply to your applications, but thye offer a good starting point.
-If the hardware on the new server differs from the existing Oracle server(s), then using a tool like [HammerDB](http://hammerdb.com) would allow you compare the performance. Please refer to the [HammerDB documentation(https://www.hammerdb.com/docs/ch03s04.html) when comparing results.
+If the hardware on the new server differs from the existing Oracle servers, then you can use a tool like [HammerDB](http://hammerdb.com) to compare the performance. Refer to the [HammerDB documentation(https://www.hammerdb.com/docs/ch03s04.html) when comparing results.
## Some best practice considerations
From 5492501aa90a3e7393aefbd99f4160ed59495521 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Thu, 24 Aug 2023 12:05:52 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 006/255] Fixes shell space
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
.../products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk | 2 +-
.../products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk | 2 +-
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk | 2 +-
.../02_connecting_from_aws/02_vpc_peering.mdx | 4 ++--
.../eprs/7/07_common_operations/11_using_ssl_connections.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/pgd/5/quickstart/connecting_applications.mdx | 2 +-
6 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk b/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
index 638eb914d0a..e88a7769cfd 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
- ```shell
+ ```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled PowerTools
```
{% endblock prerequisites %}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk b/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
index 32cd6baa6e2..11d9017285f 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/hadoop-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
- ```shell
+ ```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled PowerTools
```
{% endblock prerequisites %}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
index 953a63f94af..904b8c82152 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
- Download the GPG key to your APT keyring directly using the apt-key utility
- ```shell
+ ```shell
sudo apt-key adv --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 3A79BD29
```
- Install and configure the MySQL repo
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/using_cluster/02_connecting_your_cluster/02_connecting_from_aws/02_vpc_peering.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/using_cluster/02_connecting_your_cluster/02_connecting_from_aws/02_vpc_peering.mdx
index 34682bdda81..f80ffd39c6b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/using_cluster/02_connecting_your_cluster/02_connecting_from_aws/02_vpc_peering.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/using_cluster/02_connecting_your_cluster/02_connecting_from_aws/02_vpc_peering.mdx
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ You can create a VPC peering connection with a VPC in the same region or a diffe
1. Access the cluster with its domain name from your cluster's connection string. It's accessible from `vpc-client` after peering.
- ```shell
+ ```shell
psql -h vpce-XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.eu-west-1.vpce.amazonaws.com -U edb_admin
__OUTPUT__
Password for user edb_admin:
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ You can create a VPC peering connection with a VPC in the same region or a diffe
1. Access the cluster with its domain name from your cluster's connection string. It's accessible from `vpc-client` after peering.
- ```shell
+ ```shell
psql -h vpce-XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.eu-west-1.vpce.amazonaws.com -U edb_admin
__OUTPUT__
Password for user edb_admin:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/07_common_operations/11_using_ssl_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/07_common_operations/11_using_ssl_connections.mdx
index 54992a92987..d781b3ca390 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/07_common_operations/11_using_ssl_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/07_common_operations/11_using_ssl_connections.mdx
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Before you begin, configure the client for SSL with trigger mode.
For this example, assume file `xdb.crt` is a copy of `server.crt` and `xdb.key` is a copy of `server.key`.
If you generated the server certificate with `CN=hostname/ip-address`, create xdb.keystore/xdb_pkcs.p12 with the `postgresql.crt` and `postgresql.ke`y client files as created with `CN=username` using the following commands :
- ```shell
+ ```shell
$ cp postgresql.crt xdb.crt
$ cp postgresql.key xdb.key
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/quickstart/connecting_applications.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/quickstart/connecting_applications.mdx
index e1c71bb63e4..af13cf1f1e1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/quickstart/connecting_applications.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/quickstart/connecting_applications.mdx
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ bdrdb=#
By listing all the addresses of proxies as the host, you can ensure that the client will always failover and connect to the first available proxy in the event of a proxy failing.
-```shell
+```shell
psql -h ,, -U enterprisedb -p 6432 bdrdb
__OUTPUT__
psql (15.2, server 15.2.0 (Debian 15.2.0-2.buster))
From 29168d574fdffc1dfe9fd382b268ecf87f3ad93c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Thu, 24 Aug 2023 15:25:59 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 007/255] Removed non-breaking-space
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/benchmarking.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/benchmarking.mdx b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/benchmarking.mdx
index cb90ac72b44..0884e13a29e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/benchmarking.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/benchmarking.mdx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ kubectl cnp pgbench \
You can see the progress of the job with:
-```shell
+```shell
kubectl logs jobs/pgbench-run
```
From ec1b3f1de5491fe5b536c2fa8b4bd072979f54df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: kelpoole <44814688+kelpoole@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 24 Aug 2023 15:21:41 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 008/255] Update architectures.mdx
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/architectures.mdx | 17 +++++++++++------
1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/architectures.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/architectures.mdx
index aee575d6b11..210ac0bcf2f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/architectures.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/architectures.mdx
@@ -94,12 +94,14 @@ they aren't part of the standard Always On architectures.
* Can be 3 data nodes (recommended)
* Can be 2 data nodes and 1 witness that doesn't hold data (not depicted)
* A PGD Proxy for each data node with affinity to the applications
- * Can be colocated with data node
+ * Can be colocated with data node (recommended)
+ * Can be located on a separate node
+ * Configuration and infrastructure symmetry of data nodes is expected to ensure proper resources are available to handle application workload when rerouted
* Barman for backup and recovery (not depicted)
* Offsite is optional but recommended
- * Can be shared by multiple clusters
+ * Can be shared by multiple PGD clusters
* Postgres Enterprise Manager (PEM) for monitoring (not depicted)
- * Can be shared by multiple clusters
+ * Can be shared by multiple PGD clusters
### Always On multi-location
@@ -112,14 +114,17 @@ they aren't part of the standard Always On architectures.
* Can be 3 data nodes (recommended)
* Can be 2 data nodes and 1 witness which does not hold data (not depicted)
* A PGD-Proxy for each data node with affinity to the applications
- * can be co-located with data node
+ * can be co-located with data node (recommended)
+ * can be located on a separate node
+ * Configuration and infrastructure symmetry of data nodes and locations is expected to ensure proper resources are available to handle application workload when rerouted
* Barman for backup and recovery (not depicted).
- * Can be shared by multiple clusters
+ * Can be shared by multiple PGD clusters
* Postgres Enterprise Manager (PEM) for monitoring (not depicted).
- * Can be shared by multiple clusters
+ * Can be shared by multiple PGD clusters
* An optional witness node must be placed in a third region to increase tolerance for location failure.
* Otherwise, when a location fails, actions requiring global consensus are blocked, such as adding new nodes and distributed DDL.
+
## Choosing your architecture
All architectures provide the following:
From 0e78882ae54a32f776cacba070a20b5f85278e2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 25 Aug 2023 16:20:26 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 009/255] Light edits to this content
Mostly removing emphasis.
---
.../sql_reference/01_sql_syntax/01_lexical_structure.mdx | 8 ++++----
.../02_enhanced_compatibility_features.mdx | 2 +-
2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/01_sql_syntax/01_lexical_structure.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/01_sql_syntax/01_lexical_structure.mdx
index efa81536f45..e40a474410f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/01_sql_syntax/01_lexical_structure.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/01_sql_syntax/01_lexical_structure.mdx
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ redirects:
-There are several aspects to the lexical structure of SQL:
+The lexical structure of SQL has several aspects:
- SQL input consists of a sequence of commands.
-- A *command* is composed of a sequence of *tokens*, terminated by a semicolon (;). The end of the input stream also terminates a command.
+- A command is composed of a sequence of tokens, terminated by a semicolon (;). The end of the input stream also terminates a command.
- The valid tokens depend on the syntax of the command.
-- A token can be a *key word*, an *identifier*, a *quoted identifier*, a *literal* (or *constant*), or a special character symbol. Tokens are normally separated by *whitespace* (space, tab, new line) but don't need to be if there's no ambiguity (which is generally the case only if a special character is adjacent to some other token type).
+- A token can be a key word, an identifier, a quoted identifier, a literal or constant, or a special character symbol. Tokens are normally separated by whitespace (space, tab, new line) but don't need to be if there's no ambiguity. This is generally the case only if a special character is adjacent to some other token type.
-- *Comments* can occur in SQL input. They aren't tokens; they are equivalent to whitespace.
+- Comments can occur in SQL input. They aren't tokens. They are equivalent to whitespace.
For example, the following is syntactically valid SQL input:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/working_with_oracle_data/02_enhanced_compatibility_features.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/working_with_oracle_data/02_enhanced_compatibility_features.mdx
index f8f8a938d72..e22b9e455dc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/working_with_oracle_data/02_enhanced_compatibility_features.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/working_with_oracle_data/02_enhanced_compatibility_features.mdx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ EDB Postgres Advanced Server includes extended functionality that provides compa
You can install EDB Postgres Advanced Server in several ways to enable compatibility features:
-- Use the `INITDBOPTS` variable in the EDB Postgres Advanced Server service configuration file to specify `--redwood-like` **before initializing your cluster**.
+- Before initializing your cluster, use the `INITDBOPTS` variable in the EDB Postgres Advanced Server service configuration file to specify `--redwood-like`.
- Include the `--redwood-like` parameter when using `initdb` to initialize your cluster.
See [Configuration parameters compatible with Oracle databases](../reference/database_administrator_reference/02_summary_of_configuration_parameters/) and [Managing an EDB Postgres Advanced Server installation](../installing/linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/) for more information about the installation options supported by the EDB Postgres Advanced Server installers.
From cec0313cfbf321a812eba00b91b698f0c979de9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Tue, 29 Aug 2023 06:56:14 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 010/255] EPAS: link in install topics
---
.../templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 2 +-
14 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
index 8969a17d503..c04b8572d23 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
{# this is kinda awful, but gotta deal with the reorg somehow... --jh #}
-{% set init_cluster_url = "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/" if product.version >= 15 else "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode" %}
+{% set init_cluster_url = "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode" if product.version >= 15 else "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode" %}
First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-{{ product.version | replace(".", "") }}-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode]({{ init_cluster_url }}).
```shell
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index b7c03db8d12..fadb9f01f04 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index 41c4b5182a9..b9d8718e83a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index c7414e4ab9f..0be46476011 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 85a4b80c4dd..f497ac63eb0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
index 6547ac9e69c..9205ac4472c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
index 2bef50e67ad..ab0da72c2da 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
index 259dbf6f6f7..9ffbe1028fd 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
index 468292b80af..f8acd3ad53f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index e1c87b26fc0..b6effda2dcc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index 26c8c4cf628..41177790cb4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index 47fd7bf352f..39e9d81371e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprised
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 729f4b289f8..e9b510cb09a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
index 1f125a35ea3..6946d889b00 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/).
+First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-15-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as15/bin/edb-as-15-setup initdb
From 5b3fce25232adeeefd370da164d08298770fdb64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 13:11:37 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 011/255] copy edits to new upgrade info
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/upgrades/upgrade_paths.mdx | 14 +++++++-------
1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/upgrades/upgrade_paths.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/upgrades/upgrade_paths.mdx
index fffac6f1323..5f34826027f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/upgrades/upgrade_paths.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/upgrades/upgrade_paths.mdx
@@ -27,19 +27,19 @@ Upgrades from PGD 4 to PGD 5 are supported from version 4.3.0. For older version
## Upgrading from version 3.7 to version 5
-At this time, TPA has only enabled upgrades from PGD 3.7 to 4 and PGD 4 to 5.
-Customers moving from 3.7 to 5 and desiring automation would need to use this
-two-step upgrade path and will potentially have their proxy architecture changed
-multiple times from HA Proxy to HARP and finally to PGD Proxy.
+At this time, TPA has enabled upgrades only from PGD 3.7 to 4 and PGD 4 to 5.
+If you're moving from 3.7 to 5 and want automation, you need to use this
+two-step upgrade path. Using this process, it's possible your proxy architecture will change
+multiple times: from HA Proxy to HARP and then to PGD Proxy.
-Significant development has been done to make upgrading directly from 3.7 to 5
+Significant development was done to make upgrading directly from 3.7 to 5
possible and easier. We've expanded the database versions supported with PGD 5
and enabled the upgradeability of the BDR extension across multiple PGD
-versions. Previously, we only supported upgrades from the previous major
+versions. Previously, we supported upgrades only from the previous major
version. Often, a database upgrade was also required because only one database
major version was supported by both PGD versions.
Development is currently ongoing to provide a direct upgrade path from 3.7 to 5
-using TPA by Q4. In the interim, customers may reach out to EDB Professional
+using TPA by Q4. In the interim, you can reach out to EDB Professional
Services or Support for assistance and guidance.
From d2c694fbeee99ad790432f94da69b3634b47435c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: michaelwilleredb
Date: Fri, 1 Sep 2023 10:06:10 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 012/255] Update factors_to_consider.mdx
Updated with Vibhor's suggestions.
Removed mentioning of HammerDB.
---
advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx | 4 +---
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
index c778f609d78..68bf5e9d171 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/migrating/oracle/factors_to_consider.mdx
@@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ Why is that?
Postgres and Oracle are very different under the hood, with different SQL planning and different storage and access patterns. Even the version control and transaction isolation are implemented in a different way. That makes it difficult to set up a simple formula that covers all possible permutations of Oracle configurations and architectures. All databases respond differently to the workload being run.
-EDB has performed many benchmarks on different CPU/RAM configurations that show that Postgres and EDB Postgres Advanced Server are both slightly faster than Oracle on a TPC-C workload. These results might not apply to your applications, but thye offer a good starting point.
-
-If the hardware on the new server differs from the existing Oracle servers, then you can use a tool like [HammerDB](http://hammerdb.com) to compare the performance. Refer to the [HammerDB documentation(https://www.hammerdb.com/docs/ch03s04.html) when comparing results.
+Customers of EDB who have migrated to EPAS have found performance on par with Oracle when using similar hardware. In some instances, depending on their workload, they even outperform Oracle. All our customers who migrated aimed to at least match Oracle's performance and, if feasible, to exceed it either on comparable hardware or by adding resources as needed. We (EDB) also suggest conducting a benchmark using your specific workload to ensure the system meets performance expectations and to plan production accordingly.
## Some best practice considerations
From 53c1b764a6f6f114015e54eafc9f81e6362311ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 14:35:09 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 013/255] small edits to epas release notes
---
.../15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx | 18 +++++++++---------
1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
index b00a9db8df3..c7ba3885282 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you have upgraded to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you will need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application will check that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run edb_sqlpatch on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ EDB Postgres Advanced Server 15.4.0 includes the following enhancements and bug
| Type | Description | Addresses | |
| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- |
| Upstream merge | Merged with community PostgreSQL 15.4. See the [PostgreSQL 15 Release Notes](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/15/release-15-4.html) for more information. | | |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) SECURITY DEFINER functions and procedures may be hijacked via search_path. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-1](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx1/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) dbms_aq helper function may run arbitrary SQL as a superuser. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-2](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx2/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permissions bypass via accesshistory() | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-3](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx3/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) UTL_FILE permission bypass | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-4](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx4/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permission bypass for materialized views | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-5](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx5/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) authenticated users may fetch any URL | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-6](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx6/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permission bypass for large objects | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-7](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx7/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) DBMS_PROFILER data may be removed without permission | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-8](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx8/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server SECURITY DEFINER functions and procedures might be hijacked by way of search_path. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-1](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx1/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server dbms_aq helper function might run arbitrary SQL as a superuser. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-2](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx2/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permissions bypass by way of accesshistory() | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-3](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx3/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server UTL_FILE permission bypass | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-4](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx4/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permission bypass for materialized views | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-5](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx5/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server authenticated users can fetch any URL | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-6](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx6/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permission bypass for large objects | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-7](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx7/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server DBMS_PROFILER data might be removed without permission | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-8](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx8/) | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Allowed subtypes in INDEX BY clause of the packaged collection. | #1371 | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Fixed %type resolution when pointing to a packaged type field. | #1243 | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Profile: Fixed upgrade when `REUSE` constraints were `ENABLED`/`DISABLED`. | #92739 | 11+ |
From bf4bcb251089d8751be8ce7c868a278ed8902d3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 14:37:14 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 014/255] Update epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
---
.../docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
index c7ba3885282..097a670e896 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run edb_sqlpatch on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+Once you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run edb_sqlpatch on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
From 92be23f4a84f11dcaa3344094b0fdca605179893 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Tue, 6 Jun 2023 09:59:07 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 015/255] Tech Partner Veeam Kasten Guide
---
.../VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 12 +++++++
.../VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 8 +++++
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 0
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 0
.../06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 10 ++++++
.../VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 31 +++++++++++++++++++
.../VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png | 3 ++
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx | 14 +++++++++
8 files changed, 78 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b80ceb0dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+---
+title: 'Partner Information'
+description: 'Details of the Partner'
+
+---
+| | |
+| ----------- | ----------- |
+| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
+| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
+| **Partner Product** | Kasten |
+| **Version** | Kasten K10 |
+| **Product Description** | |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b074c1304f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+---
+title: 'Solution Summary'
+description: 'Explanation of the solution and its purpose'
+---
+
+Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the
+
+![](Images/.png)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2e4eae2d28f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+---
+title: 'Certification Environment'
+description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
+---
+
+| | |
+| ----------- | ----------- |
+| **Certification Test Date** | , 2023 |
+| **EDB Postgres Advanced Server** | |
+| **Veeam Kasten** | |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c3e84bfe4ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 'Support and Logging Details'
+description: 'Details of the support process and logging information'
+---
+
+## Support
+
+Technical support for the use of these products is provided by both EDB and Veeam. A proper support contract is required to be in place at both EDB and Veeam. A support ticket can be opened on either side to start the process. If it is determined through the support ticket that resources from the other vendor is required, the customer should open a support ticket with that vendor through normal support channels. This will allow both companies to work together to help the customer as needed.
+
+## Logging
+
+**EDB Postgres Advanced Server Logs**
+
+Navigate to the `Data` directory in your chosen EDB Postgres Advanced Server instance and from here you can navigate to `log`, `current_logfiles` or you can navigate to the `postgresql.conf` file where you can customize logging options or enable `edb_audit` logs. An example of the full path to view EDB Postgres Advanced Server logs: `/var/lib/edb/as15/data/log`.
+
+**EDB Postgres Extended Server Logs**
+
+Navigate to the `Data` directory in your chosen EDB Postgres Extended Server instance and from here you can navigate to `log`, or you can navigate to the `postgresql.conf` file where you can customize logging options. An example of the full path to view EDB Postgres Extended logs: `/var/lib/edb-pge/15/data/log`.
+
+**PostgreSQL Server Logs**
+
+The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating system:
+
+- Debian-based system: `/var/log/postgresql/postgresql-x.x.main.log. X.x.`
+
+- Red Hat-based system: `/var/lib/pgsql/data/pg_log`
+
+- Windows: `C:\Program Files\PostgreSQL\9.3\data\pg_log`
+
+**Veeam Logs**
+
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93e0514710b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:1953f3a5526ab37279a598f1c370c5acbf9f6d18f7902cb538161182fbed3b1f
+size 57295
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a054806aef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+---
+title: 'Veeam Kasten Implementation Guide'
+indexCards: simple
+directoryDefaults:
+ iconName: handshake
+---
+
+
+
+
+EDB GlobalConnect Technology Partner Implementation Guide
+Veeam Kasten
+
+This document is intended to augment each vendor’s product documentation in order to guide the reader in getting the products working together. It is not intended to show the optimal configuration for the certified integration.
\ No newline at end of file
From 8df9cca3a0006ec264de03f7d43aaf5fc3e86805 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Wed, 7 Jun 2023 15:59:35 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 016/255] Index Change and Added Information
---
.../VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 6 +-
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 316 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png | 3 +
src/pages/index.js | 3 +
4 files changed, 326 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
index b074c1304f8..26a071ded35 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ title: 'Solution Summary'
description: 'Explanation of the solution and its purpose'
---
-Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the
+Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the EDB external backup adapter to successfully backup and restore data with Veeam Kasten.
-![](Images/.png)
\ No newline at end of file
+The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool such as Veeam Kasten to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
+
+![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index e69de29bb2d..747d230799e 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+title: 'Configuration'
+description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
+---
+
+Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the following components:
+
+- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes
+- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter
+- Veeam Kasten K10
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes configured and running
+- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter configured per your system requirements
+- Veeam Kasten K10 installed on your system
+
+
+## Install the Operator
+
+If you already have the EDB operator installed on Kubernetes you may skip this step.
+
+```bash
+kubectl apply -f https://get.enterprisedb.io/cnp/postgresql-operator-1.19.1.yaml
+```
+
+Running this command will create the operator namespace where the controller will be running.
+
+## Create an EDB Cluster, Client and Add Data
+
+If, in your environment, you already have an EDB cluster configured you may skip this step.
+
+1. Initiate the below lines of code in your Kubernetes environment.
+
+```bash
+kubctl create ns edb
+kubectl apply -f cluster-example.yaml -n edb
+```
+2. Wait until the cluster is completely ready.
+
+3. Install the cnp plugin, if you have already installed this you may skip this.
+
+```bash
+curl -sSfL \
+ https://github.com/EnterpriseDB/kubectl-cnp/raw/main/install.sh | \
+ sudo sh -s -- -b /usr/local/bin
+```
+
+4. Create a client certificate to the database.
+
+```bash
+kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
+ --cnp-cluster cluster-example \
+ --cnp-user app \
+ -n edb
+```
+
+**cluster-example** Example:
+``bash
+# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
+apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
+kind: Cluster
+metadata:
+ name: cluster-example
+ annotations:
+ "k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["external-backup-adapter-cluster"]'
+ "k8s.enterprisedb.io/externalBackupAdapterClusterConfig": |-
+ electedResourcesDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/elected"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ excludedResourcesDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded-reason"
+ metadataType: "annotation"
+ value: "Not necessary for backup"
+ backupInstanceDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ - key: "kanister.kasten.io/blueprint"
+ metadataType: "annotation"
+ value: "edb-hooks"
+ preBackupHookConfiguration:
+ container:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-container"
+ command:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-command"
+ onError:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-on-error"
+ postBackupHookConfiguration:
+ container:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-container"
+ command:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-command"
+spec:
+ instances: 3
+ # Example of rolling update strategy:
+ # - unsupervised: automated update of the primary once all
+ # replicas have been upgraded (default)
+ # - supervised: requires manual supervision to perform
+ # the switchover of the primary
+ primaryUpdateStrategy: unsupervised
+ # Require 1Gi of space
+ storage:
+ size: 1Gi
+```
+
+5. Create the client.
+
+```bash
+kubectl create -f client.yaml -n edb
+```
+**client.yaml** Example:
+```bash
+apiVersion: apps/v1
+kind: Deployment
+metadata:
+ name: cert-test
+spec:
+ replicas: 1
+ selector:
+ matchLabels:
+ app: webtest
+ template:
+ metadata:
+ labels:
+ app: webtest
+ spec:
+ containers:
+ - image: ghcr.io/cloudnative-pg/webtest:1.6.0
+ name: cert-test
+ volumeMounts:
+ - name: secret-volume-root-ca
+ mountPath: /etc/secrets/ca
+ - name: secret-volume-app
+ mountPath: /etc/secrets/app
+ ports:
+ - containerPort: 8080
+ env:
+ - name: PGPASSWORD
+ valueFrom:
+ secretKeyRef:
+ name: cluster-example-app
+ key: password
+ - name: DATABASE_URL
+ value: >
+ sslkey=/etc/secrets/app/tls.key
+ sslcert=/etc/secrets/app/tls.crt
+ sslrootcert=/etc/secrets/ca/ca.crt
+ host=cluster-example-rw.default.svc
+ dbname=app
+ user=app
+ sslmode=verify-full
+ - name: SQL_QUERY
+ value: SELECT 1
+ volumes:
+ - name: secret-volume-root-ca
+ secret:
+ secretName: cluster-example-ca
+ defaultMode: 0600
+ - name: secret-volume-app
+ secret:
+ secretName: cluster-app
+ defaultMode: 0600
+```
+
+6. Add some data.
+
+```bash
+kubectl exec -it deploy/cert-test -- bash
+psql 'sslkey=/etc/secrets/app/tls.key sslcert=/etc/secrets/app/tls.crt sslrootcert=/etc/secrets/ca/ca.crt host=cluster-example-rw dbname=app user=app sslmode=verify-full'
+\c app
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS links;
+CREATE TABLE links (
+ id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
+ url VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
+ name VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
+ description VARCHAR (255),
+ last_update DATE
+);
+INSERT INTO links (url, name, description, last_update) VALUES('https://kasten.io','Kasten','Backup on kubernetes',NOW());
+select * from links;
+\q
+exit
+```
+
+## Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster
+
+If you created your cluster with the pieces from the previous section the **cluster-example** already includes the backup decorator, so you will not need to do this step again. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the backup decorator.
+
+1. Add the following annotations to your cluster:
+
+```bash
+"k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["external-backup-adapter-cluster"]'
+ "k8s.enterprisedb.io/externalBackupAdapterClusterConfig": |-
+ electedResourcesDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/elected"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ excludedResourcesDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded-reason"
+ metadataType: "annotation"
+ value: "Not necessary for backup"
+ backupInstanceDecorators:
+ - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks"
+ metadataType: "label"
+ value: "true"
+ - key: "kanister.kasten.io/blueprint"
+ metadataType: "annotation"
+ value: "edb-hooks"
+ preBackupHookConfiguration:
+ container:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-container"
+ command:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-command"
+ onError:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-on-error"
+ postBackupHookConfiguration:
+ container:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-container"
+ command:
+ key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-command"
+```
+
+## Install the EDB blueprint
+
+1. Enter the follwing command in your environment:
+
+```bash
+kubectl create -f edb-hooks.yaml
+```
+
+**edb-hooks.yaml** Example:
+
+```bash
+apiVersion: cr.kanister.io/v1alpha1
+kind: Blueprint
+metadata:
+ name: edb-hooks
+ namespace: kasten-io
+actions:
+ backupPrehook:
+ phases:
+ - func: KubeTask
+ name: edbPreBackupHook
+ args:
+ image: ghcr.io/kanisterio/kanister-kubectl-1.18:0.91.0
+ command:
+ - bash
+ - -x
+ - -o
+ - errexit
+ - -o
+ - pipefail
+ - -c
+ - |
+ namespace={{ .Namespace.Name }}
+ selector='kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks=true'
+ for pod in $(kubectl get po --no-headers -n $namespace -l $selector|awk '{print $1}')
+ do
+ preCommand=$(kubectl get po -n $namespace $pod -o jsonpath='{.metadata.annotations.kasten-enterprisedb\.io/pre-backup-command}')
+ preOnErrorCommand=$(kubectl get po -n $namespace $pod -o jsonpath='{.metadata.annotations.kasten-enterprisedb\.io/pre-backup-on-error}')
+ container=$(kubectl get po -n $namespace $pod -o jsonpath='{.metadata.annotations.kasten-enterprisedb\.io/pre-backup-container}')
+ command=${preCommand//[\[\]\"\,]/' '}
+ result=$(kubectl exec -it $pod -c $container -n $namespace $pod -- bash -c "if $command; then echo success; else echo failure; fi" | tail -1)
+ if [[ $result == "failure" ]]
+ then
+ echo "Error after running $preCommand in $pod/$container"
+ echo "Executing $preOnErrorCommand"
+ command=${preOnErrorCommand//[\[\]\"\,]/' '}
+ kubectl exec -it $pod -c $container -n $namespace $pod -- bash -c $command
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+ exit 0
+ backupPosthook:
+ phases:
+ - func: KubeTask
+ name: edbPostBackupHook
+ args:
+ image: ghcr.io/kanisterio/kanister-kubectl-1.18:0.91.0
+ command:
+ - bash
+ - -x
+ - -o
+ - errexit
+ - -o
+ - pipefail
+ - -c
+ - |
+ namespace={{ .Namespace.Name }}
+ selector='kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks=true'
+ for pod in $(kubectl get po --no-headers -n $namespace -l $selector|awk '{print $1}')
+ do
+ postCommand=$(kubectl get po -n $namespace $pod -o jsonpath='{.metadata.annotations.kasten-enterprisedb\.io/post-backup-command}')
+ container=$(kubectl get po -n $namespace $pod -o jsonpath='{.metadata.annotations.kasten-enterprisedb\.io/post-backup-container}')
+ command=${postCommand//[\[\]\"\,]/' '}
+ result=$(kubectl exec -it $pod -c $container -n $namespace $pod -- bash -c "if $command; then echo success; else echo failure; fi" | tail -1)
+ if [[ $result == "failure" ]]
+ then
+ echo "Error after running $postCommand in $pod/$container"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ done
+ exit 0
+```
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..024e1f828e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:b91718c7283f21b6004f1a0503d2bc2d39b0ac44643aa57338311a066382b395
+size 314038
diff --git a/src/pages/index.js b/src/pages/index.js
index 89f663535ac..82d40c8787c 100644
--- a/src/pages/index.js
+++ b/src/pages/index.js
@@ -343,6 +343,9 @@ const Page = () => (
Repostor Data Protector for PostgresSQL
+
+ Veeam Kasten
+
Veritas NetBackup for PostgreSQL
From 6de0541fad63c4f45599e62d8c69f9f12c52678a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 13:36:50 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 017/255] Guide info updates
---
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 35 +++++++++++++++++++
.../Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png | 3 ++
2 files changed, 38 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index e69de29bb2d..a00e995f898 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+title: 'Using'
+description: 'Walkthrough of example usage scenarios'
+---
+
+When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the Configuring section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
+
+## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
+
+In the `Configuring` section, you installed the EDB Blueprint with the edb-hooks.yaml file. You will now be able to create a backup policy with those hooks.
+
+1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
+
+Add the hooks example:
+ ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
+
+## Launch a Backup
+
+1. Using Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+
+2. Delete the namespace `EDB`.
+
+```bash
+kubectl delete ns edb
+```
+
+## Restore Database
+
+1. Go to your remote restore point.
+
+2. On the remote restore point select `restore`.
+
+3. After you have restored all of your data should be present.
+
+
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b1982e965f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:356a3883638fa3a8cd847a04ec87c8e4e2dc6cb5398e1ba9c55a18df60e812ec
+size 132778
From fd9b10e6ea6dfb0e4c6ee7669950e4dcfdbd9b07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 14:55:53 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 018/255] Configuring Update
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 1 +
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 747d230799e..af2230d0ff7 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+---
title: 'Configuration'
description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
---
From 0db50ea88a117089717979701d9b2d40eb99ef9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 15:34:23 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 019/255] Syntax Updates
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 4 ++--
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 3 ++-
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index 5b80ceb0dcc..d45ed1a6199 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -7,6 +7,6 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| ----------- | ----------- |
| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
-| **Partner Product** | Kasten |
-| **Version** | Kasten K10 |
+| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
+| **Version** | |
| **Product Description** | |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index af2230d0ff7..a25d2611c33 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
```
**cluster-example** Example:
-``bash
+
+```bash
# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
kind: Cluster
From 2c4243e2d5ecc54fc66bc142e4f7fff03e9f58b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 19:11:32 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 020/255] Edits per Kasten Team
---
.../VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 5 +++++
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 22 ++++++++++---------
.../06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 2 ++
5 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index d45ed1a6199..7563a70c1ec 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
-| **Version** | |
-| **Product Description** | |
\ No newline at end of file
+| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
+| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index a25d2611c33..5054ca7a06b 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -311,7 +311,12 @@ actions:
done
exit 0
```
+## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
+1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
+
+Add the hooks example:
+ ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index a00e995f898..c53b1c0854a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@ title: 'Using'
description: 'Walkthrough of example usage scenarios'
---
-When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the Configuring section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
-
-## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
-
-In the `Configuring` section, you installed the EDB Blueprint with the edb-hooks.yaml file. You will now be able to create a backup policy with those hooks.
-
-1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
-
-Add the hooks example:
- ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
+When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
## Launch a Backup
1. Using Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+!!! Note
+ The Veeam backup process is explained below:
+ 1. EDB elects a replica for the backup.
+ . Kasten will discover the replica.
+ 3. Kasten calls the EDB pre-backup command on the discovered replica.
+ 4. The replica becomes ready for the backup.
+ 5. Kasten takes the backup.
+ 6. Kasten calls the EDB post backup command on the replica.
+ 7. The replica leaves the backup mode.
+ 8. The backup is then over and is consistent for a restore.
+
2. Delete the namespace `EDB`.
```bash
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 2e4eae2d28f..27d56981acb 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| | |
| ----------- | ----------- |
| **Certification Test Date** | , 2023 |
-| **EDB Postgres Advanced Server** | |
-| **Veeam Kasten** | |
\ No newline at end of file
+| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.19.1 |
+| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index c3e84bfe4ee..fd9cdeebcb0 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -29,3 +29,5 @@ The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating
**Veeam Logs**
+On the Kasten UI you need to navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then you will click `Download Logs`.
+
From e0f5421a11c718a6b1a8451e4b7f50c8bdc871ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Fri, 9 Jun 2023 09:31:07 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 021/255] Logging Image Added
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png | 3 +++
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index fd9cdeebcb0..fa5287e1f82 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating
**Veeam Logs**
On the Kasten UI you need to navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then you will click `Download Logs`.
-
+ ![Veeam Kasten Logs](Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a55d3875599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:e37ff91381e9c042ec63d7777030b8005171660a0d6b15e67f7269fef85a9d90
+size 129377
From c2bdac815a8786050e8961091523f22c921b6c15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Tue, 6 Jun 2023 09:59:07 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 022/255] Tech Partner Veeam Kasten Guide
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 2 +-
advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 2 +-
3 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index 7563a70c1ec..642d0c0ce36 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
-| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
\ No newline at end of file
+| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
index 26a071ded35..bfb5f5857ae 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide
The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool such as Veeam Kasten to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
-![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png)
\ No newline at end of file
+![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 27d56981acb..5d33117b4d9 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| ----------- | ----------- |
| **Certification Test Date** | , 2023 |
| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.19.1 |
-| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
\ No newline at end of file
+| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
From 3524c40778ca87f6f660a843ce31c8031971d734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Wed, 7 Jun 2023 15:59:35 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 023/255] Index Change and Added Information
---
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 10 +---------
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 9 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 5054ca7a06b..bae596f2fc0 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
----
title: 'Configuration'
description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
---
@@ -56,8 +55,7 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
```
**cluster-example** Example:
-
-```bash
+``bash
# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
kind: Cluster
@@ -311,12 +309,6 @@ actions:
done
exit 0
```
-## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
-
-1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
-
-Add the hooks example:
- ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
From a1b94b25587ddd7b57ff221d3580e6ba201e158d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 13:36:50 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 024/255] Guide info updates
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 11 ++++++++++-
1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index c53b1c0854a..9d368d70026 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -3,7 +3,16 @@ title: 'Using'
description: 'Walkthrough of example usage scenarios'
---
-When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
+When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the Configuring section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
+
+## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
+
+In the `Configuring` section, you installed the EDB Blueprint with the edb-hooks.yaml file. You will now be able to create a backup policy with those hooks.
+
+1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
+
+Add the hooks example:
+ ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
## Launch a Backup
From 0d5c5e8ae4985436d0887bab8f972c08d8b84d9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 14:55:53 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 025/255] Configuring Update
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 1 +
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index bae596f2fc0..ec1dcd74f1a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+---
title: 'Configuration'
description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
---
From 469b085b10233c598d3b15abcced982c7f8c5207 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 15:34:23 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 026/255] Syntax Updates
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 4 ++--
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 3 ++-
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index 642d0c0ce36..a3cd807fcec 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
-| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
-| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
+| **Version** | |
+| **Product Description** | |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index ec1dcd74f1a..37d05336b5b 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
```
**cluster-example** Example:
-``bash
+
+```bash
# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
kind: Cluster
From 66eb62e657dba3e908f2e406aedcbbd56d034ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 8 Jun 2023 19:11:32 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 027/255] Edits per Kasten Team
---
.../VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 5 +++++
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 11 +----------
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 1 -
4 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index a3cd807fcec..642d0c0ce36 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
-| **Version** | |
-| **Product Description** | |
+| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
+| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 37d05336b5b..534ba58c6c2 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -311,7 +311,12 @@ actions:
done
exit 0
```
+## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
+1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
+
+Add the hooks example:
+ ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 9d368d70026..c53b1c0854a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -3,16 +3,7 @@ title: 'Using'
description: 'Walkthrough of example usage scenarios'
---
-When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the Configuring section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
-
-## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
-
-In the `Configuring` section, you installed the EDB Blueprint with the edb-hooks.yaml file. You will now be able to create a backup policy with those hooks.
-
-1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
-
-Add the hooks example:
- ![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
+When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` section you will then be able to start taking backups and completing restores.
## Launch a Backup
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index fa5287e1f82..76fa1e74817 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -30,4 +30,3 @@ The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating
**Veeam Logs**
On the Kasten UI you need to navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then you will click `Download Logs`.
- ![Veeam Kasten Logs](Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png)
From 2427086afe9c62a4b4722d06dfe54ae5ccb96842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Fri, 9 Jun 2023 09:31:07 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 028/255] Logging Image Added
---
advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 1 +
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index 76fa1e74817..fa5287e1f82 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -30,3 +30,4 @@ The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating
**Veeam Logs**
On the Kasten UI you need to navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then you will click `Download Logs`.
+ ![Veeam Kasten Logs](Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png)
From 13f25d1d9e74d570123b54069a2f4ed4e1c8103a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Mon, 28 Aug 2023 09:29:48 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 029/255] Guide updates per testing
---
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 43 ++++---------------
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 +-
.../06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 2 +-
3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 534ba58c6c2..a98a3db9963 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the followin
If you already have the EDB operator installed on Kubernetes you may skip this step.
```bash
-kubectl apply -f https://get.enterprisedb.io/cnp/postgresql-operator-1.19.1.yaml
+kubectl apply -f https://get.enterprisedb.io/cnp/postgresql-operator-1.20.2.yaml
```
Running this command will create the operator namespace where the controller will be running.
@@ -38,6 +38,12 @@ kubectl apply -f cluster-example.yaml -n edb
```
2. Wait until the cluster is completely ready.
+```bash
+kubectl get clusters.postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io -n edb
+NAME AGE INSTANCES READY STATUS PRIMARY
+cluster-example 19m 3 3 Cluster in healthy state cluster-example-1
+```
+
3. Install the cnp plugin, if you have already installed this you may skip this.
```bash
@@ -64,38 +70,7 @@ kind: Cluster
metadata:
name: cluster-example
annotations:
- "k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["external-backup-adapter-cluster"]'
- "k8s.enterprisedb.io/externalBackupAdapterClusterConfig": |-
- electedResourcesDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/elected"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- excludedResourcesDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded-reason"
- metadataType: "annotation"
- value: "Not necessary for backup"
- backupInstanceDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- - key: "kanister.kasten.io/blueprint"
- metadataType: "annotation"
- value: "edb-hooks"
- preBackupHookConfiguration:
- container:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-container"
- command:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-command"
- onError:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-on-error"
- postBackupHookConfiguration:
- container:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-container"
- command:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-command"
+ "k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["kasten"]'
spec:
instances: 3
# Example of rolling update strategy:
@@ -190,7 +165,7 @@ exit
## Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster
-If you created your cluster with the pieces from the previous section the **cluster-example** already includes the backup decorator, so you will not need to do this step again. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the backup decorator.
+If you create the cluter from the previous section the ***cluster-example*** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
1. Add the following annotations to your cluster:
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index c53b1c0854a..bd2f0483e62 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
!!! Note
The Veeam backup process is explained below:
1. EDB elects a replica for the backup.
- . Kasten will discover the replica.
+ 2. Kasten will discover the replica.
3. Kasten calls the EDB pre-backup command on the discovered replica.
4. The replica becomes ready for the backup.
5. Kasten takes the backup.
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 5d33117b4d9..6cf41fdedae 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| | |
| ----------- | ----------- |
| **Certification Test Date** | , 2023 |
-| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.19.1 |
+| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.20.2 |
| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
From e66d59fa34d60c465c8768685c5fb2ccac8b9e95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Mon, 28 Aug 2023 09:36:32 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 030/255] Date Edits and Image Add
---
advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 3 ++-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png | 3 +++
3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index bd2f0483e62..75334c99a2e 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ kubectl delete ns edb
2. On the remote restore point select `restore`.
-3. After you have restored all of your data should be present.
+3. After you have restored all of your data will be present.
+ ![Kasten Data Restore Point](Images/KastenRestorePoint.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 6cf41fdedae..719c2a6a515 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -5,6 +5,6 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| | |
| ----------- | ----------- |
-| **Certification Test Date** | , 2023 |
+| **Certification Test Date** | August 28, 2023 |
| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.20.2 |
| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5c5f531b693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:ea7affcee5b936ae73b56f332769c77d9d77c6e6daa2a622f9326d3325889ec9
+size 158082
From 4ae744077e4f1dba6e02531e386031485d3bfbd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Wed, 30 Aug 2023 08:41:19 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 031/255] Edit from Kasten Suggestions
---
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 39 ++-----------------
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 35 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index a98a3db9963..ac54b2051a1 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
-n edb
```
-**cluster-example** Example:
+**cluster-example.yaml** Example:
```bash
# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
@@ -165,43 +165,12 @@ exit
## Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster
-If you create the cluter from the previous section the ***cluster-example*** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
+If you create the cluter from the previous section the ***cluster-example.yaml*** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
-1. Add the following annotations to your cluster:
+1. Add the following annotations to your cluster, in the above ***cluster-example.yaml*** there is an example of where to add the annotation.
```bash
-"k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["external-backup-adapter-cluster"]'
- "k8s.enterprisedb.io/externalBackupAdapterClusterConfig": |-
- electedResourcesDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/elected"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- excludedResourcesDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/excluded-reason"
- metadataType: "annotation"
- value: "Not necessary for backup"
- backupInstanceDecorators:
- - key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/hasHooks"
- metadataType: "label"
- value: "true"
- - key: "kanister.kasten.io/blueprint"
- metadataType: "annotation"
- value: "edb-hooks"
- preBackupHookConfiguration:
- container:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-container"
- command:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-command"
- onError:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/pre-backup-on-error"
- postBackupHookConfiguration:
- container:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-container"
- command:
- key: "kasten-enterprisedb.io/post-backup-command"
+"k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["kasten"]'
```
## Install the EDB blueprint
From b63a2d09277c1f1786ab547e49c2b9aa828dd2be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Wed, 30 Aug 2023 09:53:37 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 032/255] Syntax Edit
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index ac54b2051a1..25a1e10882b 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ exit
## Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster
-If you create the cluter from the previous section the ***cluster-example.yaml*** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
+If you create the cluter from the previous section the **cluster-example.yaml** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
-1. Add the following annotations to your cluster, in the above ***cluster-example.yaml*** there is an example of where to add the annotation.
+1. Add the following annotations to your cluster, in the above **cluster-example.yaml** there is an example of where to add the annotation.
```bash
"k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["kasten"]'
From b4d783f89a3bf47c7f287bbd54c9e95abf3212b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 14:42:26 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 033/255] First round of review edits
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 6 +++---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 4 ----
.../VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png | 3 +++
7 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index 642d0c0ce36..c6deb89af54 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
-| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can implement with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
+| **Product Description** | Kasten K10 is a Cloud Native data management platform for Day 2 operations. Purpose built for Kubernetes, Kasten backups and restores your applications, handles disaster recovery and manages application migration. Kasten can be implemented with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes to create fast backups and restores. |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
index bfb5f5857ae..079c65bd4e7 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: 'Solution Summary'
description: 'Explanation of the solution and its purpose'
---
-Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the EDB external backup adapter to successfully backup and restore data with Veeam Kasten.
+Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the EDB external backup adapter to successfully backup and restore data.
The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool such as Veeam Kasten to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 25a1e10882b..898e300809e 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the following components:
-- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes
-- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter
-- Veeam Kasten K10
+- [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/)
+- [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter)
+- [Veeam Kasten K10](https://docs.kasten.io/latest/index.html)
## Prerequisites
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 75334c99a2e..a0adc3d398d 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
## Launch a Backup
-1. Using Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+1. Use Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
!!! Note
The Veeam backup process is explained below:
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index fa5287e1f82..4ba382d07b7 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -13,10 +13,6 @@ Technical support for the use of these products is provided by both EDB and Veea
Navigate to the `Data` directory in your chosen EDB Postgres Advanced Server instance and from here you can navigate to `log`, `current_logfiles` or you can navigate to the `postgresql.conf` file where you can customize logging options or enable `edb_audit` logs. An example of the full path to view EDB Postgres Advanced Server logs: `/var/lib/edb/as15/data/log`.
-**EDB Postgres Extended Server Logs**
-
-Navigate to the `Data` directory in your chosen EDB Postgres Extended Server instance and from here you can navigate to `log`, or you can navigate to the `postgresql.conf` file where you can customize logging options. An example of the full path to view EDB Postgres Extended logs: `/var/lib/edb-pge/15/data/log`.
-
**PostgreSQL Server Logs**
The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating system:
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
index 024e1f828e8..ad2ac426c49 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
-oid sha256:b91718c7283f21b6004f1a0503d2bc2d39b0ac44643aa57338311a066382b395
-size 314038
+oid sha256:a89f021a8af1b3054ec7906ed7b4fc67071ddba05858aad34d7301a60fab7d1b
+size 434992
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..024e1f828e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:b91718c7283f21b6004f1a0503d2bc2d39b0ac44643aa57338311a066382b395
+size 314038
From f412a67f67b695276047441d4ec8e7fda5746575 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 16:27:54 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 034/255] Guide Review Meeting Edits 1
---
.../VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 64 ++++++++++---------
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 6 +-
2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 898e300809e..631eb026cbf 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -15,10 +15,13 @@ Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the followin
- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter configured per your system requirements
- Veeam Kasten K10 installed on your system
+!!! Note
+ The following steps will walk through a sample deployment from start to finish. You may already have some of these steps implemented in your environment, and if so you can skip that particular step.
+ The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
## Install the Operator
-If you already have the EDB operator installed on Kubernetes you may skip this step.
+1. Install the EDB Postgres for Kubernetes operator.
```bash
kubectl apply -f https://get.enterprisedb.io/cnp/postgresql-operator-1.20.2.yaml
@@ -28,14 +31,36 @@ Running this command will create the operator namespace where the controller wil
## Create an EDB Cluster, Client and Add Data
-If, in your environment, you already have an EDB cluster configured you may skip this step.
-
-1. Initiate the below lines of code in your Kubernetes environment.
+1. Initiate the below lines of code in your Kubernetes environment to create a specific namespace and apply your .yaml file.
```bash
kubctl create ns edb
kubectl apply -f cluster-example.yaml -n edb
```
+
+###Example **cluster-example.yaml** file:
+
+```bash
+# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
+apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
+kind: Cluster
+metadata:
+ name: cluster-example
+ annotations:
+ "k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["kasten"]'
+spec:
+ instances: 3
+ # Example of rolling update strategy:
+ # - unsupervised: automated update of the primary once all
+ # replicas have been upgraded (default)
+ # - supervised: requires manual supervision to perform
+ # the switchover of the primary
+ primaryUpdateStrategy: unsupervised
+ # Require 1Gi of space
+ storage:
+ size: 1Gi
+```
+
2. Wait until the cluster is completely ready.
```bash
@@ -44,7 +69,7 @@ NAME AGE INSTANCES READY STATUS PRIMARY
cluster-example 19m 3 3 Cluster in healthy state cluster-example-1
```
-3. Install the cnp plugin, if you have already installed this you may skip this.
+3. Install the cnp plugin.
```bash
curl -sSfL \
@@ -61,29 +86,6 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
-n edb
```
-**cluster-example.yaml** Example:
-
-```bash
-# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
-apiVersion: postgresql.k8s.enterprisedb.io/v1
-kind: Cluster
-metadata:
- name: cluster-example
- annotations:
- "k8s.enterprisedb.io/addons": '["kasten"]'
-spec:
- instances: 3
- # Example of rolling update strategy:
- # - unsupervised: automated update of the primary once all
- # replicas have been upgraded (default)
- # - supervised: requires manual supervision to perform
- # the switchover of the primary
- primaryUpdateStrategy: unsupervised
- # Require 1Gi of space
- storage:
- size: 1Gi
-```
-
5. Create the client.
```bash
@@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ spec:
defaultMode: 0600
```
-6. Add some data.
+6. Add some data into the cluster to test the backup and restore, the following is sample data that was used for this example.
```bash
kubectl exec -it deploy/cert-test -- bash
@@ -257,7 +259,9 @@ actions:
```
## Create a Backup Policy with the EDB hooks
-1. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
+1. Launch your Kasten K10 interface.
+
+2. Create a policy for the EDB namespace, you will need to set up a location profile for the export and kanister actions.
Add the hooks example:
![Kasten Backup Policy with EDB Hooks](Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index a0adc3d398d..9c6bf425591 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
## Launch a Backup
-1. Use Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+1. Launch your Kasten K10 interface.
+
+2. Use Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
!!! Note
The Veeam backup process is explained below:
@@ -20,7 +22,7 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
7. The replica leaves the backup mode.
8. The backup is then over and is consistent for a restore.
-2. Delete the namespace `EDB`.
+3. To get ready for a Kasten K10 to complete a restore, this example deleted the namespace `EDB`.
```bash
kubectl delete ns edb
From 6465c00f661d156b52f9f6766295ebdf4635f559 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Fri, 1 Sep 2023 09:10:46 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 035/255] Guide Review Edits 2
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 6 +++---
.../VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 1 +
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 631eb026cbf..093fe8bebc8 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ kubctl create ns edb
kubectl apply -f cluster-example.yaml -n edb
```
-###Example **cluster-example.yaml** file:
+### Example **cluster-example.yaml** file:
```bash
# Example of PostgreSQL cluster
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ kubectl cnp certificate cluster-app \
```bash
kubectl create -f client.yaml -n edb
```
-**client.yaml** Example:
+### Example **client.yaml** file:
```bash
apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ If you create the cluter from the previous section the **cluster-example.yaml**
kubectl create -f edb-hooks.yaml
```
-**edb-hooks.yaml** Example:
+### Example **edb-hooks.yaml** file:
```bash
apiVersion: cr.kanister.io/v1alpha1
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 719c2a6a515..8dac87a7df8 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| ----------- | ----------- |
| **Certification Test Date** | August 28, 2023 |
| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.20.2 |
+| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes External Backup Adapter** |
| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
From f426c3dba2b5711c0c684d722e7dd4827f0664cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Fri, 1 Sep 2023 16:27:03 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 036/255] Review Round 2 Edits
---
.../VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 15 +++++++++------
1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 9c6bf425591..2275b542b5a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
2. Use Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+3. You now have a backup we can use to validate a restore in the next section
+
!!! Note
The Veeam backup process is explained below:
1. EDB elects a replica for the backup.
@@ -22,19 +24,20 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
7. The replica leaves the backup mode.
8. The backup is then over and is consistent for a restore.
-3. To get ready for a Kasten K10 to complete a restore, this example deleted the namespace `EDB`.
+
+## Restore Database
+
+1. To get ready for a Kasten K10 to complete a restore, we will remove the EDB namespace in this example.
```bash
kubectl delete ns edb
```
-## Restore Database
-
-1. Go to your remote restore point.
+2. In the Kasten interface go to your remote restore point.
-2. On the remote restore point select `restore`.
+3. On the remote restore point select `restore`.
-3. After you have restored all of your data will be present.
+4. After you have restored all of your data will be present.
![Kasten Data Restore Point](Images/KastenRestorePoint.png)
From 2e267d26d3d16505e9fc492a5593154928423b6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 12:19:21 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 037/255] Further Review Edits
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png | 4 ++--
.../VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png | 3 ---
3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 093fe8bebc8..af0953cd93a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the followin
- Veeam Kasten K10 installed on your system
!!! Note
- The following steps will walk through a sample deployment from start to finish. You may already have some of these steps implemented in your environment, and if so you can skip that particular step.
+ For this integration, use the **example.yaml** files provided in each section for the appropriate Kasten configuration pieces, and change any environment variables per your specific needs.
The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
## Install the Operator
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ exit
## Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster
-If you create the cluter from the previous section the **cluster-example.yaml** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
+If you create the cluster from the previous section the **cluster-example.yaml** already includes the Kasten addon therefore you can skip this part. If you are working with your own cluster you will need to add the Kasten addon.
1. Add the following annotations to your cluster, in the above **cluster-example.yaml** there is an example of where to add the annotation.
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
index ad2ac426c49..a4f9cdbdaeb 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
-oid sha256:a89f021a8af1b3054ec7906ed7b4fc67071ddba05858aad34d7301a60fab7d1b
-size 434992
+oid sha256:35b6cf294303cd3c7c034684ea4d4be063df7b5f3db30037003ba51f3c5563c6
+size 120393
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 024e1f828e8..00000000000
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage2.png
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
-oid sha256:b91718c7283f21b6004f1a0503d2bc2d39b0ac44643aa57338311a066382b395
-size 314038
From 2a8e35475d92ade1bd767ea96296607a07be38b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 13:21:05 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 038/255] Spelling Edits
---
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index af0953cd93a..4b092088874 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Running this command will create the operator namespace where the controller wil
## Create an EDB Cluster, Client and Add Data
-1. Initiate the below lines of code in your Kubernetes environment to create a specific namespace and apply your .yaml file.
+1. Initiate the below lines of code in your Kubernetes environment to create a specific namespace and apply your `.yaml` file.
```bash
kubctl create ns edb
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ If you create the cluster from the previous section the **cluster-example.yaml**
## Install the EDB blueprint
-1. Enter the follwing command in your environment:
+1. Enter the following command in your environment:
```bash
kubectl create -f edb-hooks.yaml
From 8e03e8fe2105aea089e6ae1146929e9aeb29be97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 13:28:22 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 039/255] Name Change
---
advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 2 +-
...lutionSummaryImage.png => KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png} | 0
2 files changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/{KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png => KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png} (100%)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
index 079c65bd4e7..0d079d0a6c3 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide
The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool such as Veeam Kasten to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
-![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png)
+![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImage.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png
From 7728ba4547771c796043bf5bec602c6223e0c2c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Sun, 27 Aug 2023 07:00:29 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 040/255] Replication Server 7.6 release
https://enterprisedb.atlassian.net/browse/XDB-2094
---
.../03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx | 10 ++++++++--
1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
index d72d21eb650..44a6c95fc3c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
@@ -85,11 +85,17 @@ The table shows whether a configuration property can be reloaded.
This example reloads the configuration file.
-```shell
-$ java -jar edb-repcli.jar -reloadconf -repsvrfile ~/subsvr.prop
+!!! Note Note
+ When you execute the reloadconf command, if any configuration options have been changed from their default values, the output includes the configuration option and its new value.
+```shell
+java -jar edb-repcli.jar -reloadconf -repsvrfile subsvr.prop
+__OUTPUT__
Reloading Subscription Server configuration file...
Reloaded configuration options from ../etc/xdb_subserver.conf...
+The conf option 'snapshotParallelTableLoaderLimit' set to '1'
+The conf option 'skipCheckConst' set to 'false'
+The conf option 'snapshotParallelLoadCount' set to '1'
Configuration was reloaded successfully.
```
From 237c3d75e829ce1b70425ab6fe1f6888dd0bd0a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Sun, 27 Aug 2023 09:20:21 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 041/255] UPM-2072 Default locale for logs
---
.../01_controlling_logging_level.mdx | 23 ++++++++++++++-----
1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
index a7662b54ed4..85ea46bfd4b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
---
-title: "Controlling logging level, log file sizes, and rotation count"
+title: "Controlling logging level, log file sizes, rotation count, and locale"
+navTitle: "Controlling message logging"
redirects:
- /eprs/latest/10_appendix/04_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level
---
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ The following options control various aspects of message logging in the publicat
See [Publication and subscription server startup failures](../../02_resolving_problems/02_where_to_look_for_errors/#pub_and_sub_startup_failures) and [Snapshot replication failures](../../02_resolving_problems/02_where_to_look_for_errors/#snapshot_replication_failures) for more information.
-`logging.level`
+## `logging.level`
Set the `logging.level` option to control the severity of messages written to the publication server log file and the subscription server log file.
@@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ Set the `logging.level` option to control the severity of messages written to th
The default value is `WARNING`.
-`logging.file.size`
+## `logging.file.size`
Set the `logging.file.size` option to control the maximum file size (in megabytes) of the publication server log file and the subscription server log file.
@@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ Set the `logging.file.size` option to control the maximum file size (in megabyte
The default value is `50`, in megabytes.
-`logging.file.count`
+## `logging.file.count`
Set the `logging.file.count` option to control the number of files in the log file rotation history of the publication server log file and the subscription server log file.
@@ -57,7 +58,15 @@ When log file rotation is enabled and the current, active log file (`pubserver.l
- Each remaining log file is renamed with the next greater integer suffix (`pubserver.log.m` is renamed to `pubserver.log.m+1`, with m varying from `0` to `n-2`).
- A new, active log file is created (`pubserver.log.0`).
-`mtk.logging.file.size`
+## `logging.default.locale`
+
+Set the `logging.default.locale` option to use either the current system locale or English (en) for publication and subscription logs.
+
+`logging.default.locale={system | en}`
+
+The default value is `system`.
+
+## `mtk.logging.file.size`
!!! Note
This option applies only to the publication server.
@@ -68,7 +77,7 @@ Set the `mtk.logging.file.size` option to control the maximum file size (in mega
The default value is `50`, in megabytes.
-`mtk.logging.file.count`
+## `mtk.logging.file.count`
!!! Note
This option applies only to the publication server.
@@ -94,3 +103,5 @@ When the current, active log file (`mtk.log`) reaches the size specified by `mtk
- Each remaining log file with a suffix is renamed with the next greater integer suffix (`mtk.log.m` is renamed to `mtk.log.m+1`, with `m` varying from `1` to `n-1`).
- Log file `mtk.log` is renamed to `mtk.log.1`.
- A new, active log file is created (`mtk.log`).
+
+
From 42f5d617d7248c4d5cee2df9ccf5533814c915b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Tue, 29 Aug 2023 15:04:16 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 042/255] XDB-1427 - BigAnimal support
---
.../7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx | 5 ++++-
product_docs/docs/eprs/7/supported_platforms.mdx | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
index a7f6073b5a3..6e3b38ed101 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
@@ -5,13 +5,16 @@ title: "Certified and supported product versions"
You can use the following database product versions with Replication Server:
- PostgreSQL versions 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15
-- Advanced Server versions 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15
+- EDB Postgres Advanced Server versions 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15
- Oracle 11g Release 2 version 11.2.0.2.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 11.2 line are supported as well.
- Oracle 12c version 12.1.0.2.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 12.1 line are supported as well.
- Oracle 18c version 18.1.0.2.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 18.1 line are supported as well.
- Oracle 19c version 19.1.0.2.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 19.1 line are supported as well.
- SQL Server 2014 version 12.0.5000.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 12.0 line are supported as well.
+!!!Note
+ See BigAnimal's [database version policy](/biganimal/latest/overview/05_database_version_policy/) for the versions of PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server available using [BigAnimal](/biganimal/latest/) (EDB’s managed database cloud service).
+
As of Replication Server 7.1.0:
- SQL Server 2016 version 13.00.5026 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 13.0 line are supported as well.
- SQL Server 2017 version 14.0.1000.169 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 14.0 line are supported as well.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/supported_platforms.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/supported_platforms.mdx
index 58e1e24015a..c142c40aef6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/supported_platforms.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/supported_platforms.mdx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
---
-title: "Supported platforms"
+title: "Supported Java platforms"
redirects:
- /eprs/latest/01_introduction/04_supported_jdk_versions/
- /eprs/latest/01_introduction/05_supported_jdk_versions/
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ Replication Server is certified to work with the following Java platforms:
| Debian 10 and 11 | Red Hat OpenJDK 11 |
| Ubuntu 18, 20, 22 | OpenJDK 11 |
-See [Product Compatibility](https://www.enterprisedb.com/platform-compatibility#eprs) for more information.
+See [Product Compatibility](https://www.enterprisedb.com/platform-compatibility#eprs) for more information on operating system support.
From 76372f542a2fdcce4d4194954f87601bd58888ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 09:17:04 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 043/255] Incorporated Matt's excellent suggestion
---
.../eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx | 3 ++-
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
index 6e3b38ed101..6c6cefbddc8 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ You can use the following database product versions with Replication Server:
- SQL Server 2014 version 12.0.5000.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 12.0 line are supported as well.
!!!Note
- See BigAnimal's [database version policy](/biganimal/latest/overview/05_database_version_policy/) for the versions of PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server available using [BigAnimal](/biganimal/latest/) (EDB’s managed database cloud service).
+ All PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server versions available as BigAnimal single-node and primary/standby high availability cluster types are also supported for SMR configurations. Consult the BigAnimal (EDB’s managed database cloud service) [documentation](/biganimal/latest) for more information about BigAnimal’s [supported cluster types](/biganimal/latest/overview/02_high_availability/) and [database version policy](/biganimal/latest/overview/05_database_version_policy/) for the versions of PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server available in BigAnimal.
+
As of Replication Server 7.1.0:
- SQL Server 2016 version 13.00.5026 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 13.0 line are supported as well.
From 11ddce21fa9364a73b415ef0e98eec76f4fea270 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 1 Sep 2023 05:53:44 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 044/255] Added limitations to logging.default.locale
---
.../01_controlling_logging_level.mdx | 6 ++++++
1 file changed, 6 insertions(+)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
index 85ea46bfd4b..90931a7714a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
@@ -66,6 +66,12 @@ Set the `logging.default.locale` option to use either the current system locale
The default value is `system`.
+!!!Note
+This option is only applicable for publication and subscription logs and isn't supported for mtk.log.
+
+The RepCLI and RepConsole logs continue showing text in the default locale.
+!!!
+
## `mtk.logging.file.size`
!!! Note
From 3a2a1976fb5993ee3bea7ba7a90d21ef11281bc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 08:39:14 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 045/255] fenced note
---
.../7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx | 3 ++-
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
index 44a6c95fc3c..a95c78c6c34 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The table shows whether a configuration property can be reloaded.
This example reloads the configuration file.
!!! Note Note
- When you execute the reloadconf command, if any configuration options have been changed from their default values, the output includes the configuration option and its new value.
+When you execute the reloadconf command, if any configuration options have been changed from their default values, the output includes the configuration option and its new value.
```shell
java -jar edb-repcli.jar -reloadconf -repsvrfile subsvr.prop
@@ -99,3 +99,4 @@ The conf option 'snapshotParallelLoadCount' set to '1'
Configuration was reloaded successfully.
```
+!!!
From 9107ec2579e8d857f72e14cc0ce0c783106e99c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 12:17:42 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 046/255] changes for version 14
---
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 17 +++++------------
.../02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx | 9 ++++-----
2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index daa8f37bf9e..36b0ac4d969 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -53,15 +53,14 @@ Where `subprogram_spec` is the following:
Where `constructor` is the following:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
```
!!! Note
@@ -103,9 +102,9 @@ Before defining a method, use `[ NOT ] INSTANTIABLE` to specify whether the obje
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure. If you specify the `SELF` parameter, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the procedure. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN`, `IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. The default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that you can specify for `IN` parameters.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
-`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If you specify the `SELF` parameter, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN`, `IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. The default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that you can specify for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
+`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN`, `IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. The default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that you can specify for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
Note the following about an object type specification:
@@ -113,12 +112,6 @@ Note the following about an object type specification:
- There can be zero, one, or more methods defined in the object type.
-- For each member method, there is an implicit, built-in parameter named `SELF` whose data type is that of the object type being defined.
-
- `SELF` refers to the object instance that's currently invoking the method. `SELF` can be explicitly declared as an `IN` or `IN OUT` parameter in the parameter list (for example, as `MEMBER FUNCTION (SELF IN OUT object_type ...)`).
-
- If `SELF` is explicitly declared, `SELF` must be the first parameter in the parameter list. If `SELF` isn't explicitly declared, its parameter mode defaults to `IN OUT` for member procedures and `IN` for member functions.
-
- A static method can't be overridden. You can't specify `OVERRIDING` and `STATIC` together in `method_spec`.
- A static method must be instantiable. You can't specify `NOT INSTANTIABLE` and `STATIC` together in `method_spec`.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
index 68d391fa46f..99c695c2c35 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
@@ -59,15 +59,14 @@ Where `method_spec` is `subprogram_spec`, and `subprogram_spec` is the following
Where `constructor` is:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
{ IS | AS }
[ ]
BEGIN
@@ -92,7 +91,7 @@ If `NOT INSTANTIABLE` was specified in `method_spec` of the `CREATE TYPE` comman
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command. They must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
`func_name` is an identifier of a function specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as in the `CREATE TYPE` command. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns and must match the `return_type` given in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
From c7b9ced0a7c03cfbc89308a2758570550b0c8ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 08:37:41 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 047/255] changes for versions 11 through 13
---
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 11 +++++------
.../02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx | 9 ++++-----
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 11 +++++------
.../02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx | 9 ++++-----
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 11 +++++------
.../02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx | 9 ++++-----
6 files changed, 27 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index 2c685251cf8..a205868915f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -54,15 +54,14 @@ where `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is the following:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
```
!!! Note
@@ -104,9 +103,9 @@ Prior to the definition of a method, `[ NOT ] INSTANTIABLE` specifies whether or
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the procedure. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
-`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
+`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
index fa41c82315a..b01b6e080e0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
@@ -64,15 +64,14 @@ and `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
{ IS | AS }
[ ]
BEGIN
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@ If `NOT INSTANTIABLE` was specified in `method_spec` of the `CREATE TYPE` comman
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
`func_name` is an identifier of a function specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns and must match `return_type` given in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index 2c685251cf8..a205868915f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -54,15 +54,14 @@ where `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is the following:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
```
!!! Note
@@ -104,9 +103,9 @@ Prior to the definition of a method, `[ NOT ] INSTANTIABLE` specifies whether or
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the procedure. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
-`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
+`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
index fa41c82315a..b01b6e080e0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
@@ -64,15 +64,14 @@ and `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
{ IS | AS }
[ ]
BEGIN
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@ If `NOT INSTANTIABLE` was specified in `method_spec` of the `CREATE TYPE` comman
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
`func_name` is an identifier of a function specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns and must match `return_type` given in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index 901781b4bfb..05e797abf97 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -57,15 +57,14 @@ where `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is the following:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
```
!!! Note
@@ -107,9 +106,9 @@ Prior to the definition of a method, `[ NOT ] INSTANTIABLE` specifies whether or
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the procedure. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
-`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If the `SELF` parameter is specified, `name` is the object type name given in the `CREATE TYPE` command. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
+`func_name` is an identifier of a function. If specified, `parm1, parm2, …` are the formal parameters of the function. `datatype1, datatype2, …` are the data types of `parm1, parm2, …` respectively. `IN, IN OUT`, and `OUT` are the possible parameter modes for each formal parameter. If none are specified, the default is `IN`. `value1, value2, …` are default values that may be specified for `IN` parameters. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns.
The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
index 9bfa45919a5..adb881f7c3c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/02_object_type_body_syntax.mdx
@@ -67,15 +67,14 @@ and `subprogram_spec` is the following:
where `constructor` is:
```text
-CONSTRUCTOR
- [ ( [ SELF [ IN | IN OUT ] ]
- [, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
+CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION
+ [ ( [ [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ] ]
[, [ IN | IN OUT | OUT ]
[ DEFAULT ]
] ...)
]
-RETURN self AS RESULT
+RETURN ;
{ IS | AS }
[ ]
BEGIN
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ If `NOT INSTANTIABLE` was specified in `method_spec` of the `CREATE TYPE` comman
`proc_name` is an identifier of a procedure specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
-Include the `CONSTRUCTOR` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
+Include the `CONSTRUCTOR FUNCTION` keyword and function definition to define a constructor function.
`func_name` is an identifier of a function specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. The parameter declarations have the same meaning as described for the `CREATE TYPE` command, and must be specified in the `CREATE TYPE BODY` command in the same manner as specified in the `CREATE TYPE` command. `return_type` is the data type of the value the function returns and must match `return_type` given in the `CREATE TYPE` command.
From 68dd9074b9cc3d202732fc4c966baf3f90be5aa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 10:46:19 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 048/255] Image Update
---
advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 ++
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png | 3 +++
2 files changed, 5 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 2275b542b5a..606dc049a3d 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
3. You now have a backup we can use to validate a restore in the next section
+ ![Launch a Backup](Images/LaunchaBackup.png)
+
!!! Note
The Veeam backup process is explained below:
1. EDB elects a replica for the backup.
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..69497874fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+version https://git-lfs.github.com/spec/v1
+oid sha256:44440bacf12dcf57d13842bb473c32b1711f39c8ab620d13da3ba155d4f395c4
+size 77474
From 5e75ce46f83d01aeab99caf6ccb3df0391f9590a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 12:55:18 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 049/255] Update epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
---
.../15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx | 18 +++++++++---------
1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
index 097a670e896..d12ed1b10a7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/epas_rel_notes/epas15_4_0_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run edb_sqlpatch on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ EDB Postgres Advanced Server 15.4.0 includes the following enhancements and bug
| Type | Description | Addresses | |
| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- |
| Upstream merge | Merged with community PostgreSQL 15.4. See the [PostgreSQL 15 Release Notes](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/15/release-15-4.html) for more information. | | |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server SECURITY DEFINER functions and procedures might be hijacked by way of search_path. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-1](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx1/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server dbms_aq helper function might run arbitrary SQL as a superuser. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-2](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx2/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permissions bypass by way of accesshistory() | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-3](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx3/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server UTL_FILE permission bypass | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-4](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx4/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permission bypass for materialized views | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-5](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx5/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server authenticated users can fetch any URL | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-6](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx6/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server permission bypass for large objects | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-7](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx7/) | 11+ |
-| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server DBMS_PROFILER data might be removed without permission | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-8](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx8/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) SECURITY DEFINER functions and procedures may be hijacked via search_path. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-1](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx1/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) dbms_aq helper function may run arbitrary SQL as a superuser. | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-2](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx2/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permissions bypass via accesshistory() | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-3](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx3/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) UTL_FILE permission bypass | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-4](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx4/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permission bypass for materialized views | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-5](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx5/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) authenticated users may fetch any URL | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-6](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx6/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) permission bypass for large objects | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-7](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx7/) | 11+ |
+| Security fix | EDB Postgres Advanced Server (EPAS) DBMS_PROFILER data may be removed without permission | [CVE-2023-XXXXX-8](/security/advisories/cve2023xxxxx8/) | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Allowed subtypes in INDEX BY clause of the packaged collection. | #1371 | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Fixed %type resolution when pointing to a packaged type field. | #1243 | 11+ |
| Bug fix | Profile: Fixed upgrade when `REUSE` constraints were `ENABLED`/`DISABLED`. | #92739 | 11+ |
From 4a51ab2fc3337e2d27eba037f180a02985360e48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 13:56:37 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 050/255] release notes
---
.../7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx | 22 +++++++++++++++++++
.../docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/index.mdx | 4 +++-
2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9db5af9199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: Replication Server 7.6.0 release notes
+navTitle: "Version 7.6.0"
+---
+
+Released: 07 Sep 2023
+
+New features, enhancements, bug fixes, and other changes in Replication Server 7.6.0 include the following:
+
+| Type | Description |
+| ------- |------------ |
+| Enhancement | EDB Replication Server now supports logging Publication and Subscription server logs in the English language, overriding the default locale, using the `logging.default.locale` configuration parameter. [Support ticket #89877] |
+| Enhancement | The snapshot operation now uses the table-level parallel loading capability, which reduces overhead on the source database by using range-based criterion for loading each individual table data chunk instead of a fetch-offset approach. This optimization is applicable when the table primary key/unique constraint is based on a non-composite numeric type attribute. [Support ticket # 93360] |
+| Enhancement | To help investigate data synchronization gaps, Replication Server’s logging now logs when rows are skipped due to filter criteria. [Support ticket #91296] |
+| Bug fix | Fixed an issue where metadata from the primary controller database wasn't replicated when a SQL Server or an Oracle publication database is added as a standby controller database. [Support ticket #82050 and #91884] |
+| Bug fix | Fixed the issues related to foreign key violations in the standby controller database that prevented upgrading from version 6.2.x to 7.x. [Support ticket #93129, #92056 and #91588] |
+| Bug fix | Corrected a few code paths to release unused resources for timely garbage collection and optimized memory utilization. [Support ticket #91588] |
+| Bug fix | Fixed a Data Validator Oracle edge case resulting in a `String index out of range` error for an Oracle to EDB Postgres Advanced Server validation. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed an issue resulting in a synchronization failure for `nchar`, `nvarchar`, `xml`, and `sqlvariant` when using the mssql-jdbc-10.2.1.jre8.jar file for a SQL Server to EDB Postgres Advanced Server cluster setup. |
+| Bug fix | Updated database type name references of “Postgres Plus Advanced Server” in the Replication Console and Replication CLI to “EDB Postgres Advanced Server”. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed an issue that prevented logging of changed configuration parameters at Publication and Subscription server start or when the `reloadconf` command is executed. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed a regression that led to an `Invalid custom column type mapping` error being observed for Publication tables with no column mapping. |
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/index.mdx
index 8ba40e8def8..f24b2ccc714 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/index.mdx
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
---
-title: "Release Notes"
+title: "Release notes"
redirects:
- ../01_whats_new/
navigation:
+ - eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0
- eprs_rel_notes_7.5.1
- eprs_rel_notes_7.5.0
- eprs_rel_notes_7.4.0
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ The Replication Server documentation describes the latest version including mino
| Version | Release Date |
| -------------------------------- | ------------ |
+| [7.6.0](eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0) | 07 Sep 2023 |
| [7.5.1](eprs_rel_notes_7.5.1) | 26 May 2023 |
| [7.5.0](eprs_rel_notes_7.5.0) | 14 Feb 2023 |
| [7.4.0](eprs_rel_notes_7.4.0) | 29 Nov 2022 |
From eede09c6fff5825438605b20e90e9d47fdd5624a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 16:50:48 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 051/255] Updated epas 11-14 upgrade release note note
---
.../docs/epas/11/epas_rel_notes/epas11_21_32_rel_notes.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/12/epas_rel_notes/epas12_16_20_rel_notes.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/13/epas_rel_notes/epas13_12_17_rel_notes.mdx | 2 +-
.../docs/epas/14/epas_rel_notes/epas14_9_0_rel_notes.mdx | 2 +-
4 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_rel_notes/epas11_21_32_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_rel_notes/epas11_21_32_rel_notes.mdx
index acf4dc472c1..21928c066c9 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_rel_notes/epas11_21_32_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_rel_notes/epas11_21_32_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you have upgraded to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you will need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application will check that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_rel_notes/epas12_16_20_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_rel_notes/epas12_16_20_rel_notes.mdx
index bd79f163261..5896ba11272 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_rel_notes/epas12_16_20_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_rel_notes/epas12_16_20_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you have upgraded to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you will need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application will check that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_rel_notes/epas13_12_17_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_rel_notes/epas13_12_17_rel_notes.mdx
index b9526e79643..6203a28d7e1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_rel_notes/epas13_12_17_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_rel_notes/epas13_12_17_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you have upgraded to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you will need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application will check that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_rel_notes/epas14_9_0_rel_notes.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_rel_notes/epas14_9_0_rel_notes.mdx
index 66390b3ff79..647f5fcc450 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_rel_notes/epas14_9_0_rel_notes.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/epas_rel_notes/epas14_9_0_rel_notes.mdx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Released: 21 Aug 2023
Updated: 30 Aug 2023
!!! Important Upgrading
-Once you have upgraded to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you will need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application will check that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
+After you upgrade to this version of EDB Postgres Advanced Server, you need to run `edb_sqlpatch` on all your databases to complete the upgrade. This application checks that your databases system objects are up to date with this version. See the [EDB SQL Patch](/tools/edb_sqlpatch) documentation for more information on how to deploy this tool.
!!!
!!! Note After applying patches
From 8b0a2256034d4f3477cb2c1ef27997125d78c4ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 17:25:34 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 052/255] Updated with modified pglogical importer
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
.../pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/conflicts.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/index.mdx | 9 +-
.../pglogical2/installation.mdx | 8 +-
.../limitations-and-restrictions.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/release-notes.mdx | 26 ++-
.../pglogical2/requirements.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/usage.mdx | 4 +-
scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js | 164 ++++++++++++++++++
10 files changed, 208 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
index 50f01f1150d..4a7f60687c2 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Configuration options
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L687-#L767
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L691-#L771
---
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
index ef7ae3b31da..6abd3f08b00 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Conflicts
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L673-#L685
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L677-#L689
---
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
index c2b060d0c62..b37ca1389cb 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: pglogical 2
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
navigation:
- index
@@ -25,12 +25,7 @@ originalFilePath: >-
The pglogical 2 extension provides logical streaming replication for PostgreSQL,
using a publish/subscribe model. It is based on technology developed as part
-of [EDB Postgres Distributed](/pgd/latest/).
-
-!!! Note "pglogical 2 is open source"
- EDB maintains pglogical as a service to the PostgreSQL community.
- For license and copyright information, or for access to the source,
- visit the project page at https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical
+of the BDR project ().
We use the following terms to describe data streams between nodes, deliberately
reused from the earlier Slony technology:
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
index 8285d463737..dcfb43ccd3d 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Installation
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L55-#L160
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L55-#L164
---
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ If you don’t have PostgreSQL already:
- PostgreSQL 12: `yum install postgresql12-server postgresql12-contrib`
- PostgreSQL 13: `yum install postgresql13-server postgresql13-contrib`
- PostgreSQL 14: `yum install postgresql14-server postgresql14-contrib`
+ - PostgreSQL 15: `yum install postgresql15-server postgresql15-contrib`
Then install the “2ndQuadrant’s General Public” repository for your PostgreSQL
version, by running the following instructions as root on the destination Linux server:
@@ -48,6 +49,7 @@ version, by running the following instructions as root on the destination Linux
- PostgreSQL 12: `curl https://techsupport.enterprisedb.com/api/repository/dl/default/release/12/rpm | bash`
- PostgreSQL 13: `curl https://techsupport.enterprisedb.com/api/repository/dl/default/release/13/rpm | bash`
- PostgreSQL 14: `curl https://techsupport.enterprisedb.com/api/repository/dl/default/release/14/rpm | bash`
+- PostgreSQL 15: `curl https://techsupport.enterprisedb.com/api/repository/dl/default/release/15/rpm | bash`
#### Installation
@@ -61,6 +63,7 @@ Once the repository is installed, you can proceed to pglogical for your PostgreS
- PostgreSQL 12: `yum install postgresql12-pglogical`
- PostgreSQL 13: `yum install postgresql13-pglogical`
- PostgreSQL 14: `yum install postgresql14-pglogical`
+- PostgreSQL 15: `yum install postgresql15-pglogical`
You may be prompted to accept the repository GPG key for package signing:
@@ -95,6 +98,7 @@ Once pre-requisites are complete, installing pglogical is simply a matter of exe
- PostgreSQL 12: `sudo apt-get install postgresql-12-pglogical`
- PostgreSQL 13: `sudo apt-get install postgresql-13-pglogical`
- PostgreSQL 14: `sudo apt-get install postgresql-14-pglogical`
+- PostgreSQL 15: `sudo apt-get install postgresql-15-pglogical`
## From source code
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
index 425f6c98b6a..2db59e08db8 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Limitations and restrictions
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L769-#L938
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L773-#L942
---
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
index c9693084d36..2ac4794dedf 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
@@ -2,13 +2,35 @@
title: Release Notes
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L953-#L993
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L957-#L1019
---
+## pglogical 2.4.3
+
+Version 2.4.3 is a maintenance release of pglogical 2.
+
+### Changes
+
+- Apply data filtering on the correct tuple during initial synchronization.
+
+- Restore the correct memory context while decoding a change.
+
+- Drop database never completes in PostgreSQL 15.
+
+- Don't replicate TRUNCATE as global message.
+
+## pglogical 2.4.2
+
+Version 2.4.2 is a maintenance release of pglogical 2.
+
+### Changes
+
+- Add support for PostgreSQL 15.
+
## pglogical 2.4.1
Version 2.4.1 is a maintenance release of pglogical 2.
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
index 7803bce0b52..f2f71c4f616 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: Requirements
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L36-#L53
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ be the same or weaker (more permissive) on the subscriber than the provider.
Tables must have the same `PRIMARY KEY`s. It is not recommended to add additional
`UNIQUE` constraints other than the `PRIMARY KEY` (see below).
-Some additional requirements are covered in [Limitations and Restrictions](limitations-and-restrictions.mdx).
\ No newline at end of file
+Some additional requirements are covered in [Limitations and Restrictions](limitations-and-restrictions).
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
index e92e268f23b..ebce1bf5132 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Synchronous Replication
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L663-#L671
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L667-#L675
---
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
index 473181e9c5b..df0b80fca18 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
title: Usage
product: pglogical 2
generatedBy: >-
- /workspaces/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from
+ /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
- https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L162-#L661
+ https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L166-#L665
---
diff --git a/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js b/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b94e0d1821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+// run: node scripts/source/pglogical2.js
+// purpose:
+// Import and convert the pglogical2 docs from https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md, rendering them in /advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/
+//
+import path from "path";
+import fs from "fs/promises";
+import https from "https";
+import pkg from 'to-vfile';
+const {write, read} = pkg;
+import remarkParse from "remark-parse";
+import mdx from "remark-mdx";
+import unified from "unified";
+import remarkFrontmatter from "remark-frontmatter";
+import remarkStringify from "remark-stringify";
+import admonitions from "remark-admonitions";
+import yaml from "js-yaml";
+import visit from "unist-util-visit";
+import visitAncestors from "unist-util-visit-parents";
+import mdast2string from "mdast-util-to-string";
+import slugger from "github-slugger";
+
+const outputFiles = [];
+const source = new URL(
+ "https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md",
+);
+const originalSource =
+ "https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1";
+const destination = path.resolve(
+ process.argv[1],
+ "../../../advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/",
+);
+
+(async () => {
+ const readme = await getReadme();
+
+ const processor = unified()
+ .use(remarkParse)
+ .use(remarkStringify, { emphasis: "*", bullet: "-", fences: true })
+ .use(admonitions, { tag: "!!!", icons: "none", infima: true })
+ .use(remarkFrontmatter)
+ .use(mdx)
+ .use(pglogicalTransformer);
+
+ let ast = await processor.parse({ contents: readme });
+ ast = await processor.run(ast);
+
+ for (let file of ast.children) {
+ file.metadata.originalFilePath =
+ originalSource +
+ `#L${file.data.position.start.line}-#L${file.data.position.end.line}`;
+ file.data.children[0].value = yaml.dump(file.metadata);
+ file.contents = await processor.stringify(file.data);
+ try {
+ await fs.mkdir(path.dirname(file.path), { recursive: true });
+ } catch {}
+ await write(file);
+ console.log("wrote: " + file.path);
+ }
+})();
+
+async function getReadme() {
+ const promise = new Promise((resolve, reject) => {
+ let data = "";
+ https
+ .get(source, (response) => {
+ response
+ .on("data", (readme) => {
+ data += readme;
+ })
+ .on("end", () => {
+ resolve(data);
+ });
+ })
+ .on("error", (e) => {
+ reject(e);
+ });
+ });
+
+ return await promise;
+}
+
+function pglogicalTransformer() {
+ return (tree, file) => {
+ let files = [];
+
+ // split file by heading - keep track of link targets
+ let mapLinkTargetToFile = {};
+ for (let node of tree.children) {
+ if (node.type === "heading") {
+ const title = cleanTitle(node);
+ const filename =
+ node.depth < 3
+ ? makeFilename(node)
+ : path.basename(files[files.length - 1].path);
+ mapLinkTargetToFile["#" + slugger.slug(title)] = path.basename(
+ filename,
+ ".mdx",
+ );
+
+ if (node.depth < 3) {
+ files.push({
+ path: path.resolve(destination, filename),
+ metadata: {
+ title: title,
+ product: "pglogical 2",
+ generatedBy: `${process.argv[1]} - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath`,
+ },
+ data: {
+ type: "root",
+ children: [{ type: "yaml" }],
+ position: { start: node.position.start, end: node.position.end },
+ },
+ });
+ continue;
+ }
+ node.depth -= 1;
+ }
+
+ files[files.length - 1].data.children.push(node);
+ files[files.length - 1].data.position.end = node.position.end;
+ }
+
+ // rewrite links
+ for (let file of files) {
+ visit(file.data, "link", (link) => {
+ const dest = mapLinkTargetToFile[link.url];
+ const isTopLevel = "#" + dest === link.url;
+ if (dest && dest !== path.basename(file.path, ".mdx"))
+ link.url = dest + (isTopLevel ? "" : link.url);
+ });
+ }
+
+ // move release notes to top
+ files.splice(
+ 1,
+ 0,
+ ...files.splice(
+ files.indexOf((f) => f.title === "Release Notes"),
+ 1,
+ ),
+ );
+
+ files = files.filter((f) => f.metadata.title !== "Credits and License");
+
+ files[0].metadata.navigation = files.map((f) =>
+ path.basename(f.path, ".mdx"),
+ );
+ files[0].metadata.indexCards = "simple";
+ files[0].metadata.directoryDefaults = {
+ iconName: "EdbReplicate",
+ editTarget: "originalFilePath",
+ };
+ tree.children = files;
+ };
+}
+
+function cleanTitle(heading) {
+ return mdast2string(heading).replace(/^Appendix \w: /, "");
+}
+
+function makeFilename(heading) {
+ if (heading.depth === 1) return "index.mdx";
+ return slugger.slug(cleanTitle(heading)) + ".mdx";
+}
From bb283059a222352ba8ba2f5b234a1443d940420a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Josh Heyer
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 16:47:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 053/255] Keep same name for script, use relative path for
generated files, restore blurb in index.mdx
---
.../pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/conflicts.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/index.mdx | 11 +-
.../pglogical2/installation.mdx | 4 +-
.../limitations-and-restrictions.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/release-notes.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/requirements.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx | 4 +-
.../pglogical2/usage.mdx | 4 +-
scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js | 164 ------------------
scripts/source/pglogical2.js | 43 ++---
11 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 212 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
index 4a7f60687c2..5e388125e55 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/configuration-options.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Configuration options
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L691-#L771
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
index 6abd3f08b00..f012be24440 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/conflicts.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Conflicts
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L677-#L689
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
index b37ca1389cb..041c03c0cac 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/index.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: pglogical 2
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
navigation:
- index
- release-notes
@@ -25,7 +23,12 @@ originalFilePath: >-
The pglogical 2 extension provides logical streaming replication for PostgreSQL,
using a publish/subscribe model. It is based on technology developed as part
-of the BDR project ().
+of [EDB Postgres Distributed](/pgd/latest/).
+
+!!! Note "pglogical 2 is open source"
+ EDB maintains pglogical as a service to the PostgreSQL community.
+ For license and copyright information, or for access to the source,
+ visit the project page at https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical
We use the following terms to describe data streams between nodes, deliberately
reused from the earlier Slony technology:
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
index dcfb43ccd3d..36ab4a7dfc3 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/installation.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Installation
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L55-#L164
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
index 2db59e08db8..9c2cb3e8a4a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/limitations-and-restrictions.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Limitations and restrictions
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L773-#L942
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
index 2ac4794dedf..e092f6379f7 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/release-notes.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Release Notes
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L957-#L1019
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
index f2f71c4f616..96748d21726 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/requirements.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Requirements
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L36-#L53
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
index ebce1bf5132..61f096a3109 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/synchronous-replication.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Synchronous Replication
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L667-#L675
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
index df0b80fca18..dce68454c54 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/usage.mdx
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
---
title: Usage
product: pglogical 2
-generatedBy: >-
- /Users/dj/docs/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js - re-run to regenerate from
- originalFilePath
+generatedBy: scripts/source/pglogical2.js - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath
originalFilePath: >-
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1#L166-#L665
diff --git a/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js b/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b94e0d1821..00000000000
--- a/scripts/source/pglogical2-s6.js
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-// run: node scripts/source/pglogical2.js
-// purpose:
-// Import and convert the pglogical2 docs from https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md, rendering them in /advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/
-//
-import path from "path";
-import fs from "fs/promises";
-import https from "https";
-import pkg from 'to-vfile';
-const {write, read} = pkg;
-import remarkParse from "remark-parse";
-import mdx from "remark-mdx";
-import unified from "unified";
-import remarkFrontmatter from "remark-frontmatter";
-import remarkStringify from "remark-stringify";
-import admonitions from "remark-admonitions";
-import yaml from "js-yaml";
-import visit from "unist-util-visit";
-import visitAncestors from "unist-util-visit-parents";
-import mdast2string from "mdast-util-to-string";
-import slugger from "github-slugger";
-
-const outputFiles = [];
-const source = new URL(
- "https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md",
-);
-const originalSource =
- "https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1";
-const destination = path.resolve(
- process.argv[1],
- "../../../advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/",
-);
-
-(async () => {
- const readme = await getReadme();
-
- const processor = unified()
- .use(remarkParse)
- .use(remarkStringify, { emphasis: "*", bullet: "-", fences: true })
- .use(admonitions, { tag: "!!!", icons: "none", infima: true })
- .use(remarkFrontmatter)
- .use(mdx)
- .use(pglogicalTransformer);
-
- let ast = await processor.parse({ contents: readme });
- ast = await processor.run(ast);
-
- for (let file of ast.children) {
- file.metadata.originalFilePath =
- originalSource +
- `#L${file.data.position.start.line}-#L${file.data.position.end.line}`;
- file.data.children[0].value = yaml.dump(file.metadata);
- file.contents = await processor.stringify(file.data);
- try {
- await fs.mkdir(path.dirname(file.path), { recursive: true });
- } catch {}
- await write(file);
- console.log("wrote: " + file.path);
- }
-})();
-
-async function getReadme() {
- const promise = new Promise((resolve, reject) => {
- let data = "";
- https
- .get(source, (response) => {
- response
- .on("data", (readme) => {
- data += readme;
- })
- .on("end", () => {
- resolve(data);
- });
- })
- .on("error", (e) => {
- reject(e);
- });
- });
-
- return await promise;
-}
-
-function pglogicalTransformer() {
- return (tree, file) => {
- let files = [];
-
- // split file by heading - keep track of link targets
- let mapLinkTargetToFile = {};
- for (let node of tree.children) {
- if (node.type === "heading") {
- const title = cleanTitle(node);
- const filename =
- node.depth < 3
- ? makeFilename(node)
- : path.basename(files[files.length - 1].path);
- mapLinkTargetToFile["#" + slugger.slug(title)] = path.basename(
- filename,
- ".mdx",
- );
-
- if (node.depth < 3) {
- files.push({
- path: path.resolve(destination, filename),
- metadata: {
- title: title,
- product: "pglogical 2",
- generatedBy: `${process.argv[1]} - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath`,
- },
- data: {
- type: "root",
- children: [{ type: "yaml" }],
- position: { start: node.position.start, end: node.position.end },
- },
- });
- continue;
- }
- node.depth -= 1;
- }
-
- files[files.length - 1].data.children.push(node);
- files[files.length - 1].data.position.end = node.position.end;
- }
-
- // rewrite links
- for (let file of files) {
- visit(file.data, "link", (link) => {
- const dest = mapLinkTargetToFile[link.url];
- const isTopLevel = "#" + dest === link.url;
- if (dest && dest !== path.basename(file.path, ".mdx"))
- link.url = dest + (isTopLevel ? "" : link.url);
- });
- }
-
- // move release notes to top
- files.splice(
- 1,
- 0,
- ...files.splice(
- files.indexOf((f) => f.title === "Release Notes"),
- 1,
- ),
- );
-
- files = files.filter((f) => f.metadata.title !== "Credits and License");
-
- files[0].metadata.navigation = files.map((f) =>
- path.basename(f.path, ".mdx"),
- );
- files[0].metadata.indexCards = "simple";
- files[0].metadata.directoryDefaults = {
- iconName: "EdbReplicate",
- editTarget: "originalFilePath",
- };
- tree.children = files;
- };
-}
-
-function cleanTitle(heading) {
- return mdast2string(heading).replace(/^Appendix \w: /, "");
-}
-
-function makeFilename(heading) {
- if (heading.depth === 1) return "index.mdx";
- return slugger.slug(cleanTitle(heading)) + ".mdx";
-}
diff --git a/scripts/source/pglogical2.js b/scripts/source/pglogical2.js
index f3596fdc620..6d522df7d1d 100644
--- a/scripts/source/pglogical2.js
+++ b/scripts/source/pglogical2.js
@@ -2,23 +2,22 @@
// purpose:
// Import and convert the pglogical2 docs from https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md, rendering them in /advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/
//
-const path = require("path");
-const fs = require("fs/promises");
-const https = require("https");
-const { read, write } = require("to-vfile");
-const remarkParse = require("remark-parse");
-const mdx = require("remark-mdx");
-const unified = require("unified");
-const remarkFrontmatter = require("remark-frontmatter");
-const remarkStringify = require("remark-stringify");
-const admonitions = require("remark-admonitions");
-const yaml = require("js-yaml");
-const visit = require("unist-util-visit");
-const visitAncestors = require("unist-util-visit-parents");
-const mdast2string = require("mdast-util-to-string");
-const { exec } = require("child_process");
-const isAbsoluteUrl = require("is-absolute-url");
-const slugger = require("github-slugger");
+import path from "path";
+import fs from "fs/promises";
+import https from "https";
+import pkg from 'to-vfile';
+const {write, read} = pkg;
+import remarkParse from "remark-parse";
+import mdx from "remark-mdx";
+import unified from "unified";
+import remarkFrontmatter from "remark-frontmatter";
+import remarkStringify from "remark-stringify";
+import admonitions from "remark-admonitions";
+import yaml from "js-yaml";
+import visit from "unist-util-visit";
+import visitAncestors from "unist-util-visit-parents";
+import mdast2string from "mdast-util-to-string";
+import slugger from "github-slugger";
const outputFiles = [];
const source = new URL(
@@ -26,9 +25,13 @@ const source = new URL(
);
const originalSource =
"https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/pglogical/blob/REL2_x_STABLE/docs/README.md?plain=1";
-const destination = path.resolve(
+const docsRoot = path.resolve(
process.argv[1],
- "../../../advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/",
+ "../../../",
+);
+const destination = path.resolve(
+ docsRoot,
+ "advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/pglogical2/",
);
(async () => {
@@ -104,7 +107,7 @@ function pglogicalTransformer() {
metadata: {
title: title,
product: "pglogical 2",
- generatedBy: `${process.argv[1]} - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath`,
+ generatedBy: `${path.relative(docsRoot, process.argv[1])} - re-run to regenerate from originalFilePath`,
},
data: {
type: "root",
From 855e91d75a97c0ba9a3d10a34ddb5a4ffcbbb826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 17:06:14 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 054/255] Test a Codeowners addition
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
CODEOWNERS | 5 +++++
1 file changed, 5 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 CODEOWNERS
diff --git a/CODEOWNERS b/CODEOWNERS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..907737c5090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CODEOWNERS
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# First pass basic codeowners file
+
+product_docs/docs/pgd/ @djw-m
+product_docs/docs/epas/ @nidhibhammar
+product_docs/docs/biganimal/ @drothery-edb
From 965800178a9147a596c25ee461be16fa2ae61c27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Fri, 28 Jul 2023 10:44:32 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 055/255] Splitting app usage and testing
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx | 314 +------------------
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/index.mdx | 1 +
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx | 145 +++++++++
3 files changed, 149 insertions(+), 311 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
index 3cf4f83520d..4003806f1d8 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
@@ -314,8 +314,9 @@ Being asynchronous by default, peer nodes might lag behind, making it
possible for a client connected to multiple PGD nodes or switching
between them to read stale data.
-A [queue wait function](/pgd/latest/reference/functions/#bdrwait_for_apply_queue) is
-provided for clients or proxies to prevent such stale reads.
+A [queue wait
+function](/pgd/latest/reference/functions/#bdrwait_for_apply_queue) is provided
+for clients or proxies to prevent such stale reads.
The synchronous replication features of Postgres are available to PGD
as well. In addition, PGD provides multiple variants for more synchronous
@@ -323,312 +324,3 @@ replication. See
[Durability and performance options](durability) for an overview and comparison of all variants available and
its different modes.
-## Application testing
-
-You can test PGD applications using the following programs,
-in addition to other techniques:
-
-- [Trusted Postgres Architect](#trusted-postgres-architect)
-- [pgbench with CAMO/Failover options](#pgbench-with-camofailover-options)
-- [isolationtester with multi-node access](#isolationtester-with-multi-node-access)
-
-### Trusted Postgres Architect
-
-[Trusted Postgres Architect](/tpa/latest) is the system used by EDB to
-deploy reference architectures, including those based on EDB Postgres Distributed.
-
-Trusted Postgres Architect includes test suites for each reference architecture.
-It also simplifies creating and managing a local collection of tests to run
-against a TPA cluster, using a syntax like the following:
-
-```
-tpaexec test mycluster mytest
-```
-
-We strongly recommend that developers write their own multi-node suite
-of Trusted Postgres Architect tests that verify the main expected properties
-of the application.
-
-### pgbench with CAMO/failover options
-
-In EDB Postgres Extended, the pgbench was extended to allow users to
-run failover tests while using CAMO or regular PGD deployments. The following options were added:
-
-```
--m, --mode=regular|camo|failover
-mode in which pgbench should run (default: regular)
-
---retry
-retry transactions on failover
-```
-
-In addition to these options, you must specify the connection information about the
-peer node for failover in [DSN
-form](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING).
-
-- Use `-m camo` or `-m failover` to specify the mode for pgbench.
- You can use The `-m failover` specification to test failover in
- regular PGD deployments.
-
-- Use `--retry` to specify whether to retry transactions when
- failover happens with `-m failover` mode. This option is enabled by default
- for `-m camo` mode.
-
-Here's an example in a CAMO environment:
-
-```sh
- pgbench -m camo -p $node1_port -h $node1_host bdrdemo \
- "host=$node2_host user=postgres port=$node2_port dbname=bdrdemo"
-```
-
-This command runs in CAMO mode. It connects to node1 and runs the tests. If the
-connection to node1 is lost, then pgbench connects to
-node2. It queries node2 to get the status of in-flight transactions.
-Aborted and in-flight transactions are retried in camo mode.
-
-In failover mode, if you specify `--retry`, then in-flight transactions are retried. In
-this scenario there's no way to find the status of in-flight transactions.
-
-### isolationtester with multi-node access
-
-`isolationtester` was extended to allow users to run tests on multiple
-sessions and on multiple nodes. This tool is used for internal PGD testing,
-although it's also available for use with user application testing.
-
-```
-$ isolationtester \
- --outputdir=./iso_output \
- --create-role=logical \
- --dbname=postgres \
- --server 'd1=dbname=node1' \
- --server 'd2=dbname=node2' \
- --server 'd3=dbname=node3'
-```
-
-Isolation tests are a set of tests for examining concurrent behaviors in
-PostgreSQL. These tests require running multiple interacting transactions,
-which requires managing multiple concurrent connections and therefore
-can't be tested using the normal `pg_regress` program. The name "isolation"
-comes from the fact that the original motivation was to test the
-serializable isolation level. Tests for other sorts of concurrent
-behaviors were added as well.
-
-It's built using PGXS as an external module.
-On installation, it creates the `isolationtester` binary file, which is run by
-`pg_isolation_regress` to perform concurrent regression tests and observe
-results.
-
-`pg_isolation_regress` is a tool similar to `pg_regress`, but instead of using
-psql to execute a test, it uses isolationtester. It accepts all the same
-command-line arguments as `pg_regress`. It was modified to accept multiple
-hosts as parameters. It then passes the host conninfo along with server names
-to the `isolationtester` binary. Isolation tester compares these server names with the
-names specified in each session in the spec files and runs given tests on
-respective servers.
-
-To define tests with overlapping transactions, use test specification
-files with a custom syntax. To add
-a new test, place a spec file in the `specs/` subdirectory, add the expected
-output in the `expected/` subdirectory, and add the test's name to the makefile.
-
-Isolationtester is a program that uses libpq to open multiple connections
-and executes a test specified by a spec file. A libpq connection string
-specifies the server and database to connect to. Defaults derived from
-environment variables are used otherwise.
-
-Specification consists of five parts, tested in this order:
-
-`server ""`
-
- This part defines the name of the servers for the sessions to run on.
- There can be zero or more server `""` specifications.
- The conninfo corresponding to the names is provided by the command to
- run `isolationtester`. This is described in `quickstart_isolationtest.md`.
- This part is optional.
-
-`setup { }`
-
- The given SQL block is executed once, in one session only, before running
- the test. Create any test tables or other required objects here. This
- part is optional. Multiple setup blocks are allowed if needed. Each is
- run separately, in the given order. The reason for allowing multiple
- setup blocks is that each block is run as a single PQexec submission,
- and some statements such as VACUUM can't be combined with others in such
- a block.
-
-`teardown { }`
-
- The teardown SQL block is executed once after the test is finished. Use
- this part to clean up in preparation for the next permutation, such as dropping
- any test tables created by setup. This part is optional.
-
-`session ""`
-
- There are normally several "session" parts in a spec file. Each
- session is executed in its own connection. A session part consists
- of three parts: setup, teardown, and one or more "steps." The per-session
- setup and teardown parts have the same syntax as the per-test setup and
- teardown, but they are executed in each session. The
- setup part typically contains a BEGIN command to begin a transaction.
-
- A session part also consists of `connect_to` specification,
- which points to a server name specified in the beginning that
- indicates the server on which this session runs.
-
- `connect_to ""`
-
- Each step has the syntax:
-
- `step "" { }`
-
- Where `` is a name identifying this step, and SQL is a SQL statement
- (or statements, separated by semicolons) that's executed in the step.
- Step names must be unique across the whole spec file.
-
-`permutation ""`
-
- A permutation line specifies a list of steps that are run in that order.
- Any number of permutation lines can appear. If no permutation lines are
- given, the test program automatically generates all possible orderings
- of the steps from each session (running the steps of any one session in
- order). The list of steps in a manually specified
- "permutation" line doesn't actually have to be a permutation of the
- available steps. It can, for instance, repeat some steps more than once
- or leave others out.
-
-Lines beginning with # are comments.
-
-For each permutation of the session steps (whether these are manually
-specified in the spec file or automatically generated), the isolation
-tester runs:
-
-1. The main setup part
-1. Per-session setup parts
-1. The selected session steps
-1. Per-session teardown
-1. The main teardown script
-
-Each selected step is sent to the connection associated
-with its session.
-
-To run isolation tests in a PGD environment that ran all prerequisite make
-commands:
-
-1. Run `make isolationcheck-install` to install the isolationtester submodule.
-
-2. You can run isolation regression tests using either
- of the following commands from the bdr-private repo:
-
- `make isolationcheck-installcheck`
- `make isolationcheck-makecheck`
-
-To run `isolationcheck-installcheck`, you need to have two or more postgresql
-servers running. Pass the conninfo of each server to `pg_isolation_regress`
-in the PGD makefile.
- Ex: `pg_isolation_regress --server 'd1=host=myhost dbname=mydb port=5434'
- --server 'd2=host=myhost1 dbname=mydb port=5432'`
-
-Next, add a `.spec` file containing tests in the `specs/isolation` directory
-of the `bdr-private/` repo. Add a `.out` file in the `expected/isolation` directory of
-the `bdr-private/` repo.
-
-Then run:
-
- `make isolationcheck-installcheck`
-
-`Isolationcheck-makecheck` currently supports running isolation tests on a
-single instance by setting up PGD between multiple databases.
-
-You need to pass appropriate database names and the conninfo of bdr instances
-to `pg_isolation_regress` in the PGD makefile as follows:
- `pg_isolation_regress --dbname=db1,db2 --server 'd1=dbname=db1'
- --server 'd2=dbname=db2'`
-
-Then run:
-
- `make isolationcheck-makecheck`
-
-Each step can contain commands that block until further action is taken.
-Most likely, some other session runs a step that unblocks it or causes a
-deadlock. A test that uses this ability must manually specify valid
-permutations, that is, those that don't expect a blocked session to execute a
-command. If a test doesn't follow that rule, `isolationtester` cancels it
-after 300 seconds. If the cancel doesn't work, `isolationtester` exits
-uncleanly after 375 seconds of wait time. Avoid testing invalid
-permutations because they can make the isolation tests take
-a very long time to run, and they serve no useful testing purpose.
-
-`isolationtester` recognizes that a command has blocked by checking whether it's shown as waiting in the `pg_locks` view. Therefore, only
-blocks on heavyweight locks are detected.
-
-## Performance testing and tuning
-
-PGD allows you to issue write transactions onto multiple master nodes.
-Bringing those writes back together onto each node has a cost in
-performance.
-
-First, replaying changes from another node has a CPU cost, an I/O cost,
-and it generates WAL records. The resource use is usually less
-than in the original transaction since CPU overheads are lower as a result
-of not needing to reexecute SQL. In the case of UPDATE and DELETE
-transactions, there might be I/O costs on replay if data isn't cached.
-
-Second, replaying changes holds table-level and row-level locks that can
-produce contention against local workloads. The conflict-free replicated data types (CRDT) and column-level conflict detection (CLCD) features
-ensure you get the correct answers even for concurrent updates, but they
-don't remove the normal locking overheads. If you get locking contention,
-try to avoid conflicting updates, or keep transactions as short as
-possible. A heavily updated row in a larger transaction causes
-a bottleneck on performance for that transaction. Complex applications
-require some thought to maintain scalability.
-
-If you think you're having performance problems,
-develop performance tests using the benchmarking tools. pgbench
-allows you to write custom test scripts specific to your use case
-so you can understand the overheads of your SQL and measure the impact
-of concurrent execution.
-
-If PGD is running slow, then we suggest the following:
-
-1. Write a custom test script for pgbench, as close as you can make it
- to the production system's problem case.
-2. Run the script on one node to give you a baseline figure.
-3. Run the script on as many nodes as occurs in production, using the
- same number of sessions in total as you did on one node. This technique
- shows you the effect of moving to multiple nodes.
-4. Increase the number of sessions for these two tests so you can
- plot the effect of increased contention on your application.
-5. Make sure your tests are long enough to account for replication delays.
-6. Ensure that replication delay isn't growing during your tests.
-
-Use all of the normal Postgres tuning features to improve the speed
-of critical parts of your application.
-
-## Use of table access methods (TAMs) in PGD
-
-PGD 5.0 supports two table access methods released with EDB Postgres 15.0.
-These two table access methods have been certified and allowed in PGD 5.0:
-
- * Auto cluster
- * Ref data
-
-Any other TAM is restricted until certified by EDB.
-If you are planning to use any of the table access method on a table,
-you need to configure that TAM on each participating node in the
-PGD cluster.
-To configure auto cluster or ref data TAM, follow these steps on each node:
-1. Update `postgresql.conf` to specify TAMs `autocluster` or `refdata` for the
- `shared_preload_libraries` parameter.
-1. Restart the server and execute `CREATE EXTENSION autocluster;` or
- `CREATE EXTENSION refdata;`.
-
-After you create the extension, you can use TAM to create a table using
-`CREATE TABLE test USING autocluster;` or `CREATE TABLE test USING refdata;`.
-This replicates to all the PGD nodes.
-For more information on these table access methods, see [`CREATE TABLE`](/epas/latest/epas_compat_sql/36_create_table/).
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/index.mdx
index 1285499d76e..ff42aeb253c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/index.mdx
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ navigation:
- monitoring
- cli
- transaction-streaming
+ - testingandtuning
- striggers
- scaling
- twophase
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1609106536a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+---
+title: Testing and Tuning PGD clusters
+navTitle: Testing and Tuning
+---
+
+## Application testing
+
+You can test PGD applications using the following programs,
+in addition to other techniques:
+
+- [Trusted Postgres Architect](#trusted-postgres-architect)
+- [pgd_bench with CAMO/Failover options](#pgd_bench-with-camofailover-options)
+
+
+### Trusted Postgres Architect
+
+[Trusted Postgres Architect](/tpa/latest) is the system used by EDB to
+deploy reference architectures, including those based on EDB Postgres Distributed.
+
+Trusted Postgres Architect includes test suites for each reference architecture.
+It also simplifies creating and managing a local collection of tests to run
+against a TPA cluster, using a syntax like the following:
+
+```
+tpaexec test mycluster mytest
+```
+
+We strongly recommend that developers write their own multi-node suite
+of Trusted Postgres Architect tests that verify the main expected properties
+of the application.
+
+### pgd_bench with CAMO/failover options
+
+The Postgres benchmarking application [`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html) has been extended in PGD 5.0 in the form of a new applications: `pgd_bench`. This version allows users to run failover tests while using CAMO or regular PGD deployments.
+
+The following options were added:
+
+```
+-m, --mode=regular|camo|failover
+mode in which pgbench should run (default: regular)
+```
+
+- Use `-m camo` or `-m failover` to specify the mode for pgd_bench.
+ You can use The `-m failover` specification to test failover in
+ regular PGD deployments.
+
+```
+--retry
+retry transactions on failover
+```
+
+- Use `--retry` to specify whether to retry transactions when
+ failover happens with `-m failover` mode. This option is enabled by default
+ for `-m camo` mode.
+
+In addition to these options, you must specify the connection information about
+the peer node for failover in [DSN
+form](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING).
+
+
+Here's an example in a CAMO environment:
+
+```sh
+ pgd_bench -m camo -p $node1_port -h $node1_host bdrdemo \
+ "host=$node2_host user=postgres port=$node2_port dbname=bdrdemo"
+```
+
+This command runs in CAMO mode. It connects to node1 and runs the tests. If the
+connection to node1 is lost, then pgd_bench connects to node2. It queries node2
+to get the status of in-flight transactions. Aborted and in-flight transactions
+are retried in CAMO mode.
+
+In failover mode, if you specify `--retry`, then in-flight transactions are
+retried. In this scenario there's no way to find the status of in-flight
+transactions.
+
+## Performance testing and tuning
+
+PGD allows you to issue write transactions onto multiple master nodes. Bringing
+those writes back together onto each node has a cost in performance.
+
+First, replaying changes from another node has a CPU cost, an I/O cost,
+and it generates WAL records. The resource use is usually less
+than in the original transaction since CPU overheads are lower as a result
+of not needing to reexecute SQL. In the case of UPDATE and DELETE
+transactions, there might be I/O costs on replay if data isn't cached.
+
+Second, replaying changes holds table-level and row-level locks that can produce
+contention against local workloads. The conflict-free replicated data types
+(CRDT) and column-level conflict detection (CLCD) features ensure you get the
+correct answers even for concurrent updates, but they don't remove the normal
+locking overheads. If you get locking contention, try to avoid conflicting
+updates, or keep transactions as short as possible. A heavily updated row in a
+larger transaction causes a bottleneck on performance for that transaction.
+Complex applications require some thought to maintain scalability.
+
+If you think you're having performance problems, develop performance tests using
+the benchmarking tools. pgd_bench allows you to write custom test scripts specific
+to your use case so you can understand the overheads of your SQL and measure the
+impact of concurrent execution.
+
+If PGD is running slow, then we suggest the following:
+
+1. Write a custom test script for pgd_bench, as close as you can make it
+ to the production system's problem case.
+2. Run the script on one node to give you a baseline figure.
+3. Run the script on as many nodes as occurs in production, using the
+ same number of sessions in total as you did on one node. This technique
+ shows you the effect of moving to multiple nodes.
+4. Increase the number of sessions for these two tests so you can
+ plot the effect of increased contention on your application.
+5. Make sure your tests are long enough to account for replication delays.
+6. Ensure that replication delay isn't growing during your tests.
+
+Use all of the normal Postgres tuning features to improve the speed
+of critical parts of your application.
+
+## Use of table access methods (TAMs) in PGD
+
+PGD 5.0 supports two table access methods released with EDB Postgres 15.0.
+These two table access methods have been certified and allowed in PGD 5.0:
+
+ * Auto cluster
+ * Ref data
+
+Any other TAM is restricted until certified by EDB.
+If you are planning to use any of the table access method on a table,
+you need to configure that TAM on each participating node in the
+PGD cluster.
+To configure auto cluster or ref data TAM, follow these steps on each node:
+1. Update `postgresql.conf` to specify TAMs `autocluster` or `refdata` for the
+ `shared_preload_libraries` parameter.
+1. Restart the server and execute `CREATE EXTENSION autocluster;` or
+ `CREATE EXTENSION refdata;`.
+
+After you create the extension, you can use TAM to create a table using
+`CREATE TABLE test USING autocluster;` or `CREATE TABLE test USING refdata;`.
+This replicates to all the PGD nodes.
+For more information on these table access methods, see [`CREATE TABLE`](/epas/latest/epas_compat_sql/36_create_table/).
+
+
+
+
+
+
From 9022548612aca85c35d63eb164b73daf4d1fd7cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 30 Aug 2023 12:15:51 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 056/255] Command reference and general reworking
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx | 23 ++++
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.json | 1 +
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx | 5 +
.../docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx.src | 1 +
.../docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx | 119 ++++++++++++++++++
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx | 70 ++++++-----
6 files changed, 188 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
index 4003806f1d8..7c54778a8cb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/appusage.mdx
@@ -324,3 +324,26 @@ replication. See
[Durability and performance options](durability) for an overview and comparison of all variants available and
its different modes.
+## Use of table access methods (TAMs) in PGD
+
+PGD 5.0 supports two table access methods released with EDB Postgres 15.0.
+These two table access methods have been certified and allowed in PGD 5.0:
+
+ * Auto cluster
+ * Ref data
+
+Any other TAM is restricted until certified by EDB.
+If you are planning to use any of the table access method on a table,
+you need to configure that TAM on each participating node in the
+PGD cluster.
+To configure auto cluster or ref data TAM, follow these steps on each node:
+1. Update `postgresql.conf` to specify TAMs `autocluster` or `refdata` for the
+ `shared_preload_libraries` parameter.
+1. Restart the server and execute `CREATE EXTENSION autocluster;` or
+ `CREATE EXTENSION refdata;`.
+
+After you create the extension, you can use TAM to create a table using
+`CREATE TABLE test USING autocluster;` or `CREATE TABLE test USING refdata;`.
+This replicates to all the PGD nodes.
+For more information on these table access methods, see [`CREATE TABLE`](/epas/latest/epas_compat_sql/36_create_table/).
+
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.json b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.json
index 8e5c541ecc2..b846fc85cdc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.json
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.json
@@ -185,6 +185,7 @@
"bdrreplication_set_remove_table": "/pgd/latest/reference/repsets-membership#bdrreplication_set_remove_table",
"bdrreplication_set_add_ddl_filter": "/pgd/latest/reference/repsets-ddl-filtering#bdrreplication_set_add_ddl_filter",
"bdrreplication_set_remove_ddl_filter": "/pgd/latest/reference/repsets-ddl-filtering#bdrreplication_set_remove_ddl_filter",
+ "pgd_bench": "/pgd/latest/reference/testingandtuning#pgd_bench",
"bdralter_sequence_set_kind": "/pgd/latest/reference/sequences#bdralter_sequence_set_kind",
"bdrextract_timestamp_from_snowflakeid": "/pgd/latest/reference/sequences#bdrextract_timestamp_from_snowflakeid",
"bdrextract_nodeid_from_snowflakeid": "/pgd/latest/reference/sequences#bdrextract_nodeid_from_snowflakeid",
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx
index 504e73f87c9..8504dba6028 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ navigation:
- repsets-management
- repsets-membership
- repsets-ddl-filtering
+- testingandtuning
- sequences
- autopartition
- streamtriggers
@@ -263,6 +264,10 @@ The reference section is a definitive listing of all functions, views and comman
* [`bdr.replication_set_remove_ddl_filter`](repsets-ddl-filtering#bdrreplication_set_remove_ddl_filter)
+## [Testing and tuning commands](testingandtuning)
+ * [`pgd_bench`](testingandtuning#pgd_bench)
+
+
## [Global sequence management interfaces](sequences)
### [Sequence functions](sequences#sequence-functions)
* [`bdr.alter_sequence_set_kind`](sequences#bdralter_sequence_set_kind)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx.src b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx.src
index 4443174c515..b95a72d417c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx.src
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/index.mdx.src
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ navigation:
- repsets-management
- repsets-membership
- repsets-ddl-filtering
+- testingandtuning
- sequences
- autopartition
- streamtriggers
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c903371afce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+---
+title: Testing and tuning commands
+navTitle: Testing and tuning
+indexdepth: 2
+---
+
+EDB Postgres Distributed has tools which help with testing and tuning of your PGD clusters. For background, read the [Testing and Tuning](../testingandtuning) section.
+
+
+## `pgd_bench`
+
+### Synopsis
+
+A benchmarking tool for PGD enhanced PostgreSQL.
+
+```shell
+pgd_bench [OPTION]... [DBNAME] [DBNAME2]
+```
+
+`DBNAME` may be a conninfo string of the format:
+ `"host=10.1.1.2 user=postgres dbname=master"`
+
+Consult the [Testing and Tuning - Pgd_bench](../testingandtuning#pgd_bench)] section for examples
+of `pgd_bench` options and usage.
+
+### Options
+
+`pgd_bench` specific options include:
+
+#### Setting mode
+
+`-m` or `--mode`
+
+Which can be set to `regular`, `camo`, or `failover`. It defaults to `regular`.
+
+* regular — regular description
+* camo —
+* failover —
+
+When using `-m=failover`, an additional option `--retry` is available. This will
+instruct `pgd_bench` to retry transactions when there is a failover.
+
+#### Setting GUC variables
+
+ `-o` or `--set-option`
+
+This option is followed by `NAME=VALUE` entries, which will be applied using the
+Postgresql [`SET`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-set.html) command on each server, and only those servers, that `pgd_bench` connects to.
+
+The other options are identical to the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench`. For more
+details, consult the [official documentation on
+`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html).
+
+We list all the options (`pgd_bench` and `pgbench`) below for completeness.
+
+#### Initialization options:
+- `-i, --initialize` — invokes initialization mode
+- `-I, --init-steps=[dtgGvpf]+` (default `"dtgvp"`) — run selected initialization steps
+ - `d` — drop any existing `pgbench` tables
+ - `t` — create the tables used by the standard `pgbench` scenario
+ - `g` — generate data client-side and load it into the standard tables, replacing any data already present
+ - `G` — generate data server-side and load it into the standard tables, replacing any data already present
+ - `v` — invoke `VACUUM` on the standard tables
+ - `p` — create primary key indexes on the standard tables
+ - `f` — create foreign key constraints between the standard tables
+- `-F, --fillfactor=NUM` — set fill factor
+- `-n, --no-vacuum` — do not run `VACUUM` during initialization
+- `-q, --quiet` — quiet logging (one message each 5 seconds)
+- `-s, --scale=NUM` — scaling factor
+- `--foreign-keys` — create foreign key constraints between tables
+- `--index-tablespace=TABLESPACE` — create indexes in the specified tablespace
+- `--partition-method=(range|hash)` — partition `pgbench_accounts` with this method (default: range)
+- `--partitions=NUM` — partition `pgbench_accounts` into `NUM` parts (default: 0)
+- `--tablespace=TABLESPACE` — create tables in the specified tablespace
+- `--unlogged-tables` — create tables as unlogged tables (Note: unlogged tables are not replicated)
+
+#### Options to select what to run:
+- `-b, --builtin=NAME[@W]` — add builtin script NAME weighted at W (default: 1). Use `-b list` to list available scripts.
+- `-f, --file=FILENAME[@W]` — add script `FILENAME` weighted at W (default: 1)
+- `-N, --skip-some-updates` — updates of pgbench_tellers and pgbench_branches. Same as `-b simple-update`
+- `-S, --select-only` — perform SELECT-only transactions. Same as `-b select-only`
+
+#### Benchmarking options:
+- `-c, --client=NUM` — number of concurrent database clients (default: 1)
+- `-C, --connect` — establish new connection for each transaction
+- `-D, --define=VARNAME=VALUE` — define variable for use by custom script
+- `-j, --jobs=NUM` — number of threads (default: 1)
+- `-l, --log` — write transaction times to log file
+- `-L, --latency-limit=NUM` — count transactions lasting more than NUM ms as late
+- `-m, --mode=regular|camo|failover` — mode in which pgbench should run (default: `regular`)
+- `-M, --protocol=simple|extended|prepared` — protocol for submitting queries (default: `simple`)
+- `-n, --no-vacuum` — do not run `VACUUM` before tests
+- `-o, --set-option=NAME=VALUE` — specify runtime SET option
+- `-P, --progress=NUM` — show thread progress report every NUM seconds
+- `-r, --report-per-command` — latencies, failures and retries per command
+- `-R, --rate=NUM` — target rate in transactions per second
+- `-s, --scale=NUM` — report this scale factor in output
+- `-t, --transactions=NUM` — number of transactions each client runs (default: 10)
+- `-T, --time=NUM` — duration of benchmark test in seconds
+- `-v, --vacuum-all` — vacuum all four standard tables before tests
+- `--aggregate-interval=NUM` — data over NUM seconds
+- `--failures-detailed` — report the failures grouped by basic types
+- `--log-prefix=PREFIX` — prefix for transaction time log file (default: `pgbench_log`)
+- `--max-tries=NUM` — max number of tries to run transaction (default: 1)
+- `--progress-timestamp` — use Unix epoch timestamps for progress
+- `--random-seed=SEED` — set random seed ("time", "rand", integer)
+- `--retry` — retry transactions on failover, used with "-m"
+- `--sampling-rate=NUM` — fraction of transactions to log (e.g., 0.01 for 1%)
+- `--show-script=NAME` — show builtin script code, then exit
+- `--verbose-errors` — print messages of all errors
+
+#### Common options:
+- `-d, --debug` — print debugging output
+- `-h, --host=HOSTNAME` — database server host or socket directory
+- `-p, --port=PORT` — database server port number
+- `-U, --username=USERNAME` — connect as specified database user
+- `-V, --version` — output version information, then exit
+- `-?, --help` — show help, then exit
+
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
index 1609106536a..3edbbb9f4ff 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -3,13 +3,10 @@ title: Testing and Tuning PGD clusters
navTitle: Testing and Tuning
---
-## Application testing
-
-You can test PGD applications using the following programs,
-in addition to other techniques:
+You can test PGD applications using the following approaches:
- [Trusted Postgres Architect](#trusted-postgres-architect)
-- [pgd_bench with CAMO/Failover options](#pgd_bench-with-camofailover-options)
+- [pgd_bench with CAMO/Failover options](#pgd_bench)
### Trusted Postgres Architect
@@ -29,9 +26,30 @@ We strongly recommend that developers write their own multi-node suite
of Trusted Postgres Architect tests that verify the main expected properties
of the application.
-### pgd_bench with CAMO/failover options
+### pgd_bench
+
+The Postgres benchmarking application
+[`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html) has been
+extended in PGD 5.0 in the form of a new applications: `pgd_bench`.
+
+`pgd_bench` is a regular command-line utility that's added to PostgreSQL's bin
+directory. The utility is based on the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench` tool bit
+supports benchmarking CAMO transactions and PGD specific workloads.
+
+Functionality of the `pgd_bench` is a superset of those of `pgbench` but
+requires the BDR extension to be installed in order to work properly.
+
+Key differences include:
-The Postgres benchmarking application [`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html) has been extended in PGD 5.0 in the form of a new applications: `pgd_bench`. This version allows users to run failover tests while using CAMO or regular PGD deployments.
+- Adjustments to the initialization (`-i` flag) with the standard
+ `pgbench` scenario to prevent global lock timeouts in certain cases
+- `VACUUM` command in the standard scenario is executed on all nodes
+- `pgd_bench` releases are tied to the releases of the BDR extension
+ and are built against the corresponding PostgreSQL flavour (this is
+ reflected in the output of `--version` flag)
+
+The current version allows users to run failover tests while using CAMO or
+regular PGD deployments.
The following options were added:
@@ -57,7 +75,6 @@ In addition to these options, you must specify the connection information about
the peer node for failover in [DSN
form](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING).
-
Here's an example in a CAMO environment:
```sh
@@ -74,6 +91,20 @@ In failover mode, if you specify `--retry`, then in-flight transactions are
retried. In this scenario there's no way to find the status of in-flight
transactions.
+### Notes on pgd_bench useage
+
+- When using custom init-scripts it is important to understand implications behind the DDL commands.
+It is generally recommended to wait for the secondary nodes to catch-up on the data-load steps
+before proceeding with DDL operations such as `CREATE INDEX`. The latter acquire global locks which
+can't be acquired until the data-load is complete and thus may time out.
+
+- No extra steps are taken to suppress client messages, such as `NOTICE`s and `WARNING`s emitted
+by PostgreSQL and or any possible extensions including the BDR extension. It is the user's
+responsibility to suppress them by setting appropriate variables (e.g. `client_min_messages`,
+`bdr.camo_enable_client_warnings ` etc.).
+
+
+
## Performance testing and tuning
PGD allows you to issue write transactions onto multiple master nodes. Bringing
@@ -115,29 +146,6 @@ If PGD is running slow, then we suggest the following:
Use all of the normal Postgres tuning features to improve the speed
of critical parts of your application.
-## Use of table access methods (TAMs) in PGD
-
-PGD 5.0 supports two table access methods released with EDB Postgres 15.0.
-These two table access methods have been certified and allowed in PGD 5.0:
-
- * Auto cluster
- * Ref data
-
-Any other TAM is restricted until certified by EDB.
-If you are planning to use any of the table access method on a table,
-you need to configure that TAM on each participating node in the
-PGD cluster.
-To configure auto cluster or ref data TAM, follow these steps on each node:
-1. Update `postgresql.conf` to specify TAMs `autocluster` or `refdata` for the
- `shared_preload_libraries` parameter.
-1. Restart the server and execute `CREATE EXTENSION autocluster;` or
- `CREATE EXTENSION refdata;`.
-
-After you create the extension, you can use TAM to create a table using
-`CREATE TABLE test USING autocluster;` or `CREATE TABLE test USING refdata;`.
-This replicates to all the PGD nodes.
-For more information on these table access methods, see [`CREATE TABLE`](/epas/latest/epas_compat_sql/36_create_table/).
-
From 6fce11e9b8e31f6234ca786c1bcc7872d2b8db50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 30 Aug 2023 14:18:34 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 057/255] Expanded the mode types reference
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
.../docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx | 11 ++++++-----
1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
index c903371afce..ad0e2b60e0d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -33,12 +33,13 @@ of `pgd_bench` options and usage.
Which can be set to `regular`, `camo`, or `failover`. It defaults to `regular`.
-* regular — regular description
-* camo —
-* failover —
+* regular — Only a single node is needed to run `pgd_bench`
+* camo — A second node must be specified to act as the camo partner
+* failover — A second node must be specified to act as the failover.
-When using `-m=failover`, an additional option `--retry` is available. This will
-instruct `pgd_bench` to retry transactions when there is a failover.
+When using `-m failover`, an additional option `--retry` is available. This will
+instruct `pgd_bench` to retry transactions when there is a failover. The `--retry`
+option is automatically enabled with `-m camo`.
#### Setting GUC variables
From 976f69fc6885948ad16069e7e47908ca3f4de486 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 30 Aug 2023 15:44:21 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 058/255] typo
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
index 3edbbb9f4ff..80ba43519c1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ In failover mode, if you specify `--retry`, then in-flight transactions are
retried. In this scenario there's no way to find the status of in-flight
transactions.
-### Notes on pgd_bench useage
+### Notes on pgd_bench usage
- When using custom init-scripts it is important to understand implications behind the DDL commands.
It is generally recommended to wait for the secondary nodes to catch-up on the data-load steps
From 362c2fe05386172cde2bcd9103e174f13680c316 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 12:17:57 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 059/255] Typos and fixes
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx | 6 +++---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx | 2 +-
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
index ad0e2b60e0d..05af18905a4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ pgd_bench [OPTION]... [DBNAME] [DBNAME2]
`DBNAME` may be a conninfo string of the format:
`"host=10.1.1.2 user=postgres dbname=master"`
-Consult the [Testing and Tuning - Pgd_bench](../testingandtuning#pgd_bench)] section for examples
+Consult the [Testing and Tuning - Pgd_bench](../testingandtuning#pgd_bench) section for examples
of `pgd_bench` options and usage.
### Options
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ This option is followed by `NAME=VALUE` entries, which will be applied using the
Postgresql [`SET`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-set.html) command on each server, and only those servers, that `pgd_bench` connects to.
The other options are identical to the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench`. For more
-details, consult the [official documentation on
-`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html).
+details, consult the official documentation on
+[`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html).
We list all the options (`pgd_bench` and `pgbench`) below for completeness.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
index 80ba43519c1..85849cda39a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The Postgres benchmarking application
[`pgbench`](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/pgbench.html) has been
extended in PGD 5.0 in the form of a new applications: `pgd_bench`.
-`pgd_bench` is a regular command-line utility that's added to PostgreSQL's bin
+[`pgd_bench`](/pgd/latest/reference/testingandtuning#pgd_bench) is a regular command-line utility that's added to PostgreSQL's bin
directory. The utility is based on the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench` tool bit
supports benchmarking CAMO transactions and PGD specific workloads.
From d91fdf2c6b78a573ce7fbee76fb69f98fca8fca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 12:24:11 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 060/255] Update product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
Co-authored-by: Nick Babadzhanian <33933459+pgnickb@users.noreply.github.com>
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
index 85849cda39a..06931bee105 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The Postgres benchmarking application
extended in PGD 5.0 in the form of a new applications: `pgd_bench`.
[`pgd_bench`](/pgd/latest/reference/testingandtuning#pgd_bench) is a regular command-line utility that's added to PostgreSQL's bin
-directory. The utility is based on the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench` tool bit
+directory. The utility is based on the Community PostgreSQL `pgbench` tool but
supports benchmarking CAMO transactions and PGD specific workloads.
Functionality of the `pgd_bench` is a superset of those of `pgbench` but
From e9d8a27830ef21cb2abb07d40a1c3eb8d54763d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 5 Sep 2023 12:24:46 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 061/255] Update
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
Co-authored-by: Nick Babadzhanian <33933459+pgnickb@users.noreply.github.com>
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
index 05af18905a4..317b6746400 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/reference/testingandtuning.mdx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ of `pgd_bench` options and usage.
Which can be set to `regular`, `camo`, or `failover`. It defaults to `regular`.
* regular — Only a single node is needed to run `pgd_bench`
-* camo — A second node must be specified to act as the camo partner
+* camo — A second node must be specified to act as the CAMO-partner (CAMO should be set up)
* failover — A second node must be specified to act as the failover.
When using `-m failover`, an additional option `--retry` is available. This will
From 531ad64527d37e9915c3f4bbef305d14f34ac71c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Mon, 4 Sep 2023 10:03:35 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 062/255] Essential fix and relocate of information
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/known_issues.mdx | 2 --
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++
2 files changed, 21 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/known_issues.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/known_issues.mdx
index 072f22d8c02..a6314e90a4e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/known_issues.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/known_issues.mdx
@@ -44,8 +44,6 @@ release.
- Transactions using Eager Replication can't yet execute DDL. The TRUNCATE command is allowed.
-- Not all DDL can run when either CAMO or Group Commit is used.
-
- Parallel apply isn't currently supported in combination with Group Commit. Make sure to disable it when using Group Commit by either:
- Setting `num_writers` to 1 for the node group using [`bdr.alter_node_group_config`](/pgd/latest/reference/nodes-management-interfaces/#bdralter_node_group_config).
- Using the GUC `bdr.writers_per_subscription`. See [Configuration of generic replication](/pgd/latest/reference/pgd-settings/#generic-replication).
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 286c2829b5b..06590444dbc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -108,6 +108,27 @@ Be sure to disable transaction streaming when planning to use
CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
+- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. The only supported DDL operations are:
+ - non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
+ - non-concurrent DROP INDEX
+ - non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
+ - CLUSTER (of a single relation or index only)
+ - ANALYZE
+ - TRUNCATE
+
+## Group Commit
+
+[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) is a feature which enables configurable synchronous commits over
+nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
+
+- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. The only supported DDL operations are:
+ - non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
+ - non-concurrent DROP INDEX
+ - non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
+ - CLUSTER (of a single relation or index only)
+ - ANALYZE
+ - TRUNCATE
+
## Other limitations
This noncomprehensive list includes other limitations that are expected and
From aa84e08a7c924209827d35d961cd4d1bfa47ed58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 10:32:57 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 063/255] Update camo DDL for more precision.
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 06590444dbc..b621d1ac587 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Be sure to disable transaction streaming when planning to use
CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
-- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning will be logged and the transactions commit scope will be set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
From 6876d0109d7a222e060a22489cfa765b366bc85d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 10:56:30 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 064/255] Expanded CAMO DDL text and repeated for GC and Eager
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 10 ++++++++--
1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index b621d1ac587..87c3db87415 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -108,7 +108,8 @@ Be sure to disable transaction streaming when planning to use
CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
-- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning will be logged and the transactions commit scope will be set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged
+and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
@@ -121,7 +122,8 @@ CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) is a feature which enables configurable synchronous commits over
nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
-- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged
+and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
@@ -129,6 +131,10 @@ nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into a
- ANALYZE
- TRUNCATE
+## Eager
+
+[Eager](consistency/eager) is a feature which is available in Group Commit which enables conflicts to be avoided by eagerly aborting transactions that may clash. It is subject to the same limitations as Group Commit.
+
## Other limitations
This noncomprehensive list includes other limitations that are expected and
From 775498eacc39739c86fe56d7e3d6a6e2e641e70f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 10:48:18 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 065/255] EPAS: Fix note formatting
---
.../sql_reference/02_data_types/02_character_types.mdx | 7 ++++---
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/02_data_types/02_character_types.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/02_data_types/02_character_types.mdx
index 984bb6b15cb..1a0746f45ac 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/02_data_types/02_character_types.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/15/reference/sql_reference/02_data_types/02_character_types.mdx
@@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ VARCHAR, VARCHAR2, NVARCHAR and NVARCHAR2
If the string to assign is shorter than `n`, values of type `VARCHAR`, `VARCHAR2`, `NVARCHAR`, and `NVARCHAR2` store the shorter string without padding.
- !!! Note
- The trailing spaces are semantically significant in `VARCHAR` values.
+!!! Note
+The trailing spaces are semantically significant in `VARCHAR` values.
+!!!
If you explicitly cast a value to a `VARCHAR` type, an over-length value is truncated to `n` characters without raising an error (as specified by the SQL standard).
@@ -55,4 +56,4 @@ VARCHAR, VARCHAR2, NVARCHAR and NVARCHAR2
Thus, use of the `CLOB` type is limited by what can be done for `TEXT`, such as a maximum size of approximately 1 GB.
- For larger amounts of data, instead of using the `CLOB` data type, use the PostgreSQL *large objects* feature that relies on the `pg_largeobject` system catalog. For information on large objects, see the [PostgreSQL core documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/largeobjects.html).
\ No newline at end of file
+ For larger amounts of data, instead of using the `CLOB` data type, use the PostgreSQL *large objects* feature that relies on the `pg_largeobject` system catalog. For information on large objects, see the [PostgreSQL core documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/largeobjects.html).
From de057a033c13c72f354b1d75b2ffcac2042d7803 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 13:02:27 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 066/255] Kasten by Veeam rename edits
---
.../02-PartnerInformation.mdx | 2 +-
.../partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 10 ++++++++++
.../04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 9 +++++----
.../05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 +-
.../06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx | 2 +-
.../07-SupportandLogging.mdx | 4 ++--
.../Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png | 0
.../Images/KastenRestorePoint.png | 0
.../Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png | 0
.../Images/LaunchaBackup.png | 0
.../Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png | 0
.../Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png | 0
.../{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/index.mdx | 4 ++--
.../partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx | 10 ----------
src/pages/index.js | 4 ++--
15 files changed, 24 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/02-PartnerInformation.mdx (92%)
create mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx (93%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx (92%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx (87%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/07-SupportandLogging.mdx (92%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/LaunchaBackup.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png (100%)
rename advocacy_docs/partner_docs/{VeeamKasten => KastenbyVeeam}/index.mdx (81%)
delete mode 100644 advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
similarity index 92%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
index c6deb89af54..509aaaba12c 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/02-PartnerInformation.mdx
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ description: 'Details of the Partner'
---
| | |
| ----------- | ----------- |
-| **Partner Name** | Veeam Kasten |
+| **Partner Name** | Kasten by Veeam |
| **Web Site** | https://www.kasten.io/ |
| **Partner Product** | Kasten K10 |
| **Version** | Kasten 6.0 |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9e2d3a5a7de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+---
+title: 'Solution Summary'
+description: 'Explanation of the solution and its purpose'
+---
+
+Kasten by Veeam is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the EDB external backup adapter to successfully backup and restore data.
+
+The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool, such as Kasten by Veeam, to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
+
+![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
similarity index 93%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 4b092088874..9f45430a2aa 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -3,21 +3,22 @@ title: 'Configuration'
description: 'Walkthrough on configuring the integration'
---
-Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Veeam Kasten requires the following components:
+Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Kasten by Veeam requires the following components:
- [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/)
- [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter)
-- [Veeam Kasten K10](https://docs.kasten.io/latest/index.html)
+- [Kasten K10](https://docs.kasten.io/latest/index.html)
## Prerequisites
- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes configured and running
- EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter configured per your system requirements
-- Veeam Kasten K10 installed on your system
+- Kasten K10 installed on your system
!!! Note
For this integration, use the **example.yaml** files provided in each section for the appropriate Kasten configuration pieces, and change any environment variables per your specific needs.
- The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
+ The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
+ Refer to the EDB docs for more information on the [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) to view more detailed information on the EDB Postgres for Kubernetes backup adaptor addon functionality and additional details on its configuraton parameters.
## Install the Operator
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
similarity index 92%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 606dc049a3d..79f2dde19b6 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
## Restore Database
-1. To get ready for a Kasten K10 to complete a restore, we will remove the EDB namespace in this example.
+1. To get ready for Kasten K10 to complete a restore, we will remove the EDB namespace in this example.
```bash
kubectl delete ns edb
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
similarity index 87%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
index 8dac87a7df8..2f1d83e235b 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/06-CertificationEnvironment.mdx
@@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ description: 'Overview of the certification environment'
| **Certification Test Date** | August 28, 2023 |
| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes** | 1.20.2 |
| **EDB Postgres for Kubernetes External Backup Adapter** |
-| **Veeam Kasten** | 6.0 |
+| **Kasten by Veeam Kasten K10** | 6.0 |
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
similarity index 92%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
index 4ba382d07b7..630405dd64c 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/07-SupportandLogging.mdx
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The default log directories for PostgreSQL logs vary depending on the operating
- Windows: `C:\Program Files\PostgreSQL\9.3\data\pg_log`
-**Veeam Logs**
+**Kasten by Veeam Logs**
-On the Kasten UI you need to navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then you will click `Download Logs`.
+On the Kasten K10 UI navigate to `Settings` then `Support` then click `Download Logs`.
![Veeam Kasten Logs](Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenBackupPolicywithHooks.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenRestorePoint.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/LaunchaBackup.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/PartnerProgram.jpg.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
similarity index 100%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/Images/VeeamKastenLogging.png
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/index.mdx
similarity index 81%
rename from advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx
rename to advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/index.mdx
index a054806aef1..c5b88448b4d 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/index.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/index.mdx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
---
-title: 'Veeam Kasten Implementation Guide'
+title: 'Kasten by Veeam Implementation Guide'
indexCards: simple
directoryDefaults:
iconName: handshake
@@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ directoryDefaults:
EDB GlobalConnect Technology Partner Implementation Guide
-Veeam Kasten
+Kasten by Veeam for Kasten K10
This document is intended to augment each vendor’s product documentation in order to guide the reader in getting the products working together. It is not intended to show the optimal configuration for the certified integration.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d079d0a6c3..00000000000
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/VeeamKasten/03-SolutionSummary.mdx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
----
-title: 'Solution Summary'
-description: 'Explanation of the solution and its purpose'
----
-
-Veeam Kasten is a data management platform built for Kubernetes that can provide enterprise operations teams with an easy-to-use and secure system for backup and restore of Kubernetes applications. Veeam Kasten can be used in conjunction with EDB Postgres for Kubernetes and the EDB external backup adapter to successfully backup and restore data.
-
-The EDB Postgres for Kubernetes [external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) allows for a third party tool such as Veeam Kasten to discover an API that is needed in order to create a successful backup.
-
-![Kasten K10 Architecture](Images/KastenSolutionSummaryImagenew.png)
diff --git a/src/pages/index.js b/src/pages/index.js
index 82d40c8787c..2efd46d417f 100644
--- a/src/pages/index.js
+++ b/src/pages/index.js
@@ -343,8 +343,8 @@ const Page = () => (
Repostor Data Protector for PostgresSQL
-
- Veeam Kasten
+
+ Kasten by Veeam for Kasten K10
Veritas NetBackup for PostgreSQL
From 5d4bd86b69e6b9cf25e41f788cfba50f5853cfe5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 13:18:55 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 067/255] Updated Spacing
---
.../partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 ++
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 9f45430a2aa..864f91e4ede 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Kasten by Veeam requires the follo
!!! Note
For this integration, use the **example.yaml** files provided in each section for the appropriate Kasten configuration pieces, and change any environment variables per your specific needs.
+
The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
+
Refer to the EDB docs for more information on the [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) to view more detailed information on the EDB Postgres for Kubernetes backup adaptor addon functionality and additional details on its configuraton parameters.
## Install the Operator
From f40b0f426227ed85299eb1f38e67302ce9099255 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 13:22:18 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 068/255] Few More Kasten Edits
---
.../partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 8 ++++----
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 79f2dde19b6..665df53f8ea 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
1. Launch your Kasten K10 interface.
-2. Use Veeam Kasten K10 launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
+2. Use Kasten K10 to launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
3. You now have a backup we can use to validate a restore in the next section
![Launch a Backup](Images/LaunchaBackup.png)
!!! Note
- The Veeam backup process is explained below:
+ The Kasten by Veeam backup process is explained below:
1. EDB elects a replica for the backup.
2. Kasten will discover the replica.
3. Kasten calls the EDB pre-backup command on the discovered replica.
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
kubectl delete ns edb
```
-2. In the Kasten interface go to your remote restore point.
+2. In the Kasten K10 interface go to your remote restore point.
3. On the remote restore point select `restore`.
-4. After you have restored all of your data will be present.
+4. After the restore is complete, all of your data will be present.
![Kasten Data Restore Point](Images/KastenRestorePoint.png)
From f7d3341b3e1666aaa224ab42c17f97870c25d07a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 13:31:23 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 069/255] Wording change
---
.../partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
index 864f91e4ede..fc6a1fbfcef 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/04-ConfiguringVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Implementing EDB Postgres for Kubernetes with Kasten by Veeam requires the follo
The **Add the Backup Decorator Annotations to the Cluster** section is the important section for the Kasten addon integration.
- Refer to the EDB docs for more information on the [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) to view more detailed information on the EDB Postgres for Kubernetes backup adaptor addon functionality and additional details on its configuraton parameters.
+ Refer to the [EDB Postgres for Kubernetes external backup adapter](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/latest/addons/#external-backup-adapter) docs to view more detailed information on the EDB Postgres for Kubernetes backup adaptor addon functionality and additional details on its configuraton parameters.
## Install the Operator
From bc367ac44dafc4468f673615e5e09ee95293d870 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Arthur Nascimento
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 15:33:50 -0300
Subject: [PATCH 070/255] Update 06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx
The safest way for end users to edit service files is using `systemctl edit`. Alternatively, we can instruct them on how to edit the overrides files in `/etc/systemd/system/.d/override.conf`. But creating a new file and `.include` shouldn't have been an option. Moreover, the `.include` feature has been removed from recent systemd versions, so it must be changed before it starts erroring out in the customer's hands.
---
.../06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx | 15 +++++++--------
1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/04_configuring_efm/06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/04_configuring_efm/06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx
index 5d55cccb262..af73de8805b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/04_configuring_efm/06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/04_configuring_efm/06_configuring_for_eager_failover.mdx
@@ -29,18 +29,17 @@ You can set up Eager Failover by performing the following steps. The example us
- Ensure that the database server and the local Failover Manager agent are running.
-- As root, create `/etc/systemd/system/edb-as-12.service` file and include:
+- As root, edit the service `edb-as-12.service` file using the command:
- ```ini
- .include /lib/systemd/system/edb-as-12.service
- [Unit]
- BindsTo=edb-efm-4.5.service
+ ```shell
+ systemctl edit edb-as-12.service
```
-- Run the following command to reload the configuration files:
+- Add the following lines into the text editor, then save:
- ```shell
- systemctl daemon-reload
+ ```ini
+ [Unit]
+ BindsTo=edb-efm-4.5.service
```
With these changes, when the Failover Manager agent is stopped or ended, the rest of the cluster treats this situation as a failure and attempts a failover.
From 3e23fc93a6cb4b7b77ae0abaeefa2949f8838392 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Fran Coughlin <132373434+francoughlin@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 15:09:54 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 071/255] Update managing_clusters.mdx
Fixed file reference error: changed conf_file to config_file.
---
.../biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx | 8 ++++----
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
index 2707e232191..83e9bab41b2 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ The syntax of the command is:
biganimal pgd create --config-file
```
-Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
+Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
```
clusterName: pgd-cli-name
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ The syntax of the command is:
biganimal pgd add-group --config-file
```
-Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
+Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
```
clusterId: clusterID
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ The syntax of the command is:
pgd update [--config-file]
```
-Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file with the same format as a configuration file for creating a distributed high-availability cluster. See [Create a distributed high-availability cluster](#create-a-distributed-high-availability-cluster).
+Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file with the same format as a configuration file for creating a distributed high-availability cluster. See [Create a distributed high-availability cluster](#create-a-distributed-high-availability-cluster).
### Show distributed high-availability clusters
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ The syntax of the command is:
pgd restore [--config-file]
```
-Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
+Where `` is a valid path to a YAML configuration file. For example:
```
clusterName: pgd-restore-name
From 7cdc2e62aff0eab9541a0b7439815fda8d5bd6d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Arthur Nascimento
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 17:06:38 -0300
Subject: [PATCH 072/255] Update 05_using_efm.mdx
This changes the instructions on how to customize systemd service files. The instructions were directing the reader to edit files in /usr/lib/systemd/system, which is not the adequate location. Whenever a system administrator edits service files, they should always do so in /etc/systemd/system, either with systemctl edit or editing the files directly, but never editing anything in /lib or /usr.
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx | 30 ++++++++++++++++--------
1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
index fe797d2ee82..0ade30d911d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
@@ -265,27 +265,37 @@ After creating the `acctg.properties` and `sales.properties` files, create a ser
### RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x
-If you're using RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x, copy the `edb-efm-4.` unit file to a new file with a name that is unique for each cluster. For example, if you have two clusters named acctg and sales, the unit file names might be:
+If you're using RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x, copy the service file `/usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4..service` to `/etc/systemd/system` with a new name that is unique for each cluster.
-```text
-/usr/lib/systemd/system/efm-acctg.service
+For example, if you have two clusters named `acctg` and `sales` managed by EFM 4.7, the unit file names might be `efm-acctg.service` and `efm-sales.service`, and they can be created with:
-/usr/lib/systemd/system/efm-sales.service
+```shell
+cp /usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4.7.service /etc/systemd/system/efm-acctg.service
+cp /usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4.7.service /etc/systemd/system/efm-sales.service
```
-Then, edit the `CLUSTER` variable in each unit file, changing the specified cluster name from `efm` to the new cluster name. For example, for a cluster named `acctg`, the value specifies:
+Then use `systemctl edit` to edit the `CLUSTER` variable in each unit file, changing the specified cluster name from `efm` to the new cluster name.
+Also update the value of the `PIDfile` parameter to match the new cluster name.
-```text
+In our example, edit the `acctg` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-acctg.service` and write:
+
+```ini
+[Service]
Environment=CLUSTER=acctg
+PIDFile=/run/efm-4.7/acctg.pid
```
-Also update the value of the `PIDfile` parameter to specify the new cluster name. For example:
+And edit the `sales` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-sales.service` and write:
```ini
-PIDFile=/var/run/efm-4.7/acctg.pid
+[Service]
+Environment=CLUSTER=sales
+PIDFile=/run/efm-4.7/sales.pid
```
-After copying the service scripts, enable the services:
+Note: You could also have edited the files in `/etc/systemd/system` directly, but then you'll have to run `systemctl daemon-reload`, which is unecessary when using `systemd edit` to change the override files.
+
+After saving the changes, enable the services:
```text
# systemctl enable efm-acctg.service
@@ -296,7 +306,7 @@ After copying the service scripts, enable the services:
Then, use the new service scripts to start the agents. For example, to start the `acctg` agent:
```text
-# systemctl start efm-acctg`
+# systemctl start efm-acctg
```
For information about customizing a unit file, see [Understanding and administering systemd](https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/quick-docs/understanding-and-administering-systemd/index.html).
From c9a129c08b2f95344130aa6f5fd6567f51ec6aa2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 24 Aug 2023 15:37:09 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 073/255] edits to PGD CLI content
---
.../docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 40 ++++++++++++-------
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx | 6 +--
.../docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx | 9 ++---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx | 24 +++++------
4 files changed, 45 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index 61bde0b5ed4..84c468b3638 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -1,23 +1,27 @@
---
-title: "Discovering Connection Strings"
-navTitle: "Discovering Connection Strings"
+title: "Discovering connection strings"
+navTitle: "Discovering connection strings"
indexdepth: 2
deepToC: true
---
-PGD CLI can be installed on any system which is able to connect to the PGD cluster. You will require a user with PGD superuser privileges - the [bdr_superuser role](../security) - or equivalent (e.g. edb_admin on BigAnimal distributed high-availability) to use PGD CLI.
+You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
## PGD CLI and database connection strings
-You may not need a database connection string. For example, when Trusted Postgres Architect installs the PGD CLI on a system, it also configures the connection to the PGD cluster. This means that PGD CLI will automatically connect when run.
+You might not need a database connection string. For example, when Trusted Postgres Architect installs the PGD CLI on a system, it also configures the connection to the PGD cluster. This means that PGD CLI can connect to the cluster when run.
## Getting your database connection string
-Every deployment method has a different way of deriving a connection string for it. This is because of the range of different configurations that PGD supports. Generally, you can obtain the required information from the configuration of your deployment; this section provides a guide of how to assemble that information into connection strings.
+Because of the range of different configurations that PGD supports, every deployment method has a different way of deriving a connection string for it. Generally, you can obtain the required information from the configuration of your deployment. You can then assemble that information into connection strings.
### For a TPA-deployed PGD cluster
-Because TPA is so flexible, you will have to derive your connection string from your cluster configuration file (config.yml). You will need the name or IP address of a host with the role pgd-proxy listed for it. This host will have a proxy you can connect to. Usually the proxy will be listening on port 6432 (check the setting for `default_pgd_proxy_options` and `listen_port` in the config to confirm). The default database name is `bdrdb` (check the setting `bdr_database` in the config to confirm) and the default PGD superuser will be `enterprisedb` for EPAS and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
+Because TPA is so flexible, you have to derive your connection string from your cluster configuration file (`config.yml`).
+
+- You need the name or IP address of a host with the role pgd-proxy listed for it. This host has a proxy you can connect to. Usually the proxy listens on port 6432. (Check the setting for `default_pgd_proxy_options` and `listen_port` in the config to confirm.)
+- The default database name is `bdrdb`. (Check the setting `bdr_database` in the config to confirm.)
+- The default PGD superuser is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
@@ -25,7 +29,7 @@ You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
"host= port= dbname= user= sslmode=require"
```
-To illustrate this, here's some excerpts of a config.yml file for a cluster:
+To illustrate this, here are some excerpts of a `config.yml` file for a cluster:
```yaml
...
@@ -51,26 +55,34 @@ instances:
...
```
-The connection string for this cluster would be:
+The connection string for this cluster is:
```
"host=192.168.100.2 port=6432 dbname=bdrdb user=enterprisedb sslmode=require"
```
!!! Note Host name versus IP address
-In our example, we use the IP address because the configuration is from a Docker TPA install with no name resolution available. Generally, you should be able to use the host name as configured.
+The example uses the IP address because the configuration is from a Docker TPA install with no name resolution available. Generally, you can use the host name as configured.
!!!
### For a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster
-1. Log into the [BigAnimal Clusters](https://portal.biganimal.com/clusters) view.
+1. Log in to the [BigAnimal clusters](https://portal.biganimal.com/clusters) view.
1. Select your cluster.
-1. In the view of your cluster, select the Connect tab.
-1. Copy the Read/Write URI from the connection info. This is your connection string.
+1. In the view of your cluster, select the **Connect** tab.
+1. Copy the read/write URI from the connection info. This is your connection string.
### For an EDB PGD for Kubernetes deployed cluster
-As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible and there is no one way to obtain a connection string. It depends, in large part, on how the [Services](https://www.enterprisedb.com/docs/postgres_distributed_for_kubernetes/latest/connectivity/#services) have been configured for the deployment. If the Node Service Template is used, there should be direct connectivity to each node and proxy service available. If the Group Service Template, there will be a gateway service to each group. Finally, if the Proxy Service Template has been used, there should be a single proxy providing an entry point to the cluster for all applications. Consult your configuration file to determine this information. You should be able to establish a host name or IP address, port, database name (default: `bdrdb`) and username (`enterprisedb` for EPAS and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
+As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible, and there are multiple ways to obtain a connection string. It depends, in large part, on how the [services](/postgres_distributed_for_kubernetes/latest/connectivity/#services) were configured for the deployment:
+
+- If you use the Node Service Template, direct connectivity to each node and proxy service is available.
+- If you use the Group Service Template, there's a gateway service to each group.
+- If you use the Proxy Service Template, a single proxy provides an entry point to the cluster for all applications.
+
+Consult your configuration file to determine this information.
+
+Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
@@ -78,6 +90,6 @@ You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
"host= port= dbname= user="
```
-You may need to add `sslmode=` if the deployment's configuration requires it.
+If the deployment's configuration requires it, add `sslmode=`.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
index 443ec13d74e..bf8a00d1b39 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ directoryDefaults:
description: "The PGD Command Line Interface (CLI) is a tool to manage your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster"
---
-The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It may be installed automatically on systems within a TPA-deployed PGD cluster or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, including BigAnimal Distributed High Availability PGD clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
+The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It can be installed automatically on systems in a TPA-deployed PGD cluster. Or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, including BigAnimal distributed high-availability PGD clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
-See [Installing PGD CLI](installing_cli) for information about how to install PGD CLI, both automatically with Trusted Postgres Architect and manually.
+See [Installing PGD CLI](installing_cli) for information about how to install PGD CLI automatically with Trusted Postgres Architect and manually.
See [Using PGD CLI](using_cli) for an introduction to using the PGD CLI and connecting to your PGD cluster.
@@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ See [Configuring PGD CLI](configuring_cli) for details on creating persistent co
See the [Command reference](command_ref) for the available commands to inspect, manage, and get information about cluster resources.
-There is also a guide to [discovering connection strings](discover_connections). It shows how to obtain the correct connection strings for your PGD-powered deployment.
+See [Discovering connection strings](discover_connections) to learn how to obtain the correct connection strings for your PGD-powered deployment.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
index 2ec709cf331..c72e436f58b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
@@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ title: "Installing PGD CLI"
navTitle: "Installing PGD CLI"
---
-PGD CLI can be installed on any system which is able to connect to the PGD cluster. You will require a user with PGD superuser privileges - the [bdr_superuser role](../security) - or equivalent (e.g. edb_admin on BigAnimal distributed high-availability) to use PGD CLI.
+You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
## Installing automatically with Trusted Postgres Architect (TPA)
+
By default, Trusted Postgres Architect installs and configures PGD CLI on each PGD node. If you want to install PGD CLI on any non-PGD instance in the cluster, attach the pgdcli role to that instance in Trusted Postgres Architect's configuration file before deploying. See [Trusted Postgres Architect](/tpa/latest/) for more information.
## Installing manually on Linux
-PGD CLI is installable from the EDB Repositories. These repositories require a token to enable downloads from them. You will need to login to [EDB Repos 2.0](https://www.enterprisedb.com/repos-downloads) to obtain your token. Then execute the following command, substituting
+PGD CLI is installable from the EDB repositories. These repositories require a token to enable downloads from them. Log in to [EDB Repos 2.0](https://www.enterprisedb.com/repos-downloads) to obtain your token. Then execute the command shown for your operating system, substituting
your token for ``.
### Add repository and install PGD CLI on Debian or Ubuntu
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ curl -1sLf 'https://downloads.enterprisedb.com//postgres_distributed
sudo apt-get install edb-pgd5-cli
```
-### Add repository and install PGD CLI on RHEL, Rocky, AlmaLinux or Oracle Linux
+### Add repository and install PGD CLI on RHEL, Rocky, AlmaLinux, or Oracle Linux
```bash
curl -1sLf 'https://downloads.enterprisedb.com//postgres_distributed/setup.rpm.sh' | sudo -E bash
@@ -28,5 +29,3 @@ sudo yum install edb-pgd5-cli
```
[Next: Using PGD CLI](using_cli)
-
-
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
index 3ea54d77ce3..ee992a9c828 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
@@ -3,27 +3,27 @@ title: "Using PGD CLI"
navTitle: "Using PGD CLI"
---
-## What is the PGD CLI
+## What is the PGD CLI?
-The PGD CLI is a convenient way to connect to and manage your PGD cluster. You will need the credentials of a Postgres users with PGD superuser privileges - the [bdr_superuser role](../security) - or equivalent (e.g. edb_admin on BigAnimal distributed high availability) to use it.
+The PGD CLI is a convenient way to connect to and manage your PGD cluster. To use it, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
!!! Important Setting passwords
-PGD CLI does not interactively prompt for your user's password. You must pass your password using one of the following methods:
+PGD CLI doesn't interactively prompt for your password. You must pass your password using one of the following methods:
- 1. Adding an entry to your [`.pgpass` password file](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-pgpass.html) which includes the host, port, database name, user name, and password.
- 1. Setting the password in the `PGPASSWORD` environment variable.
- 1. Including the password in the connection string.
+ - Adding an entry to your [`.pgpass` password file](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-pgpass.html), which includes the host, port, database name, user name, and password.
+ - Setting the password in the `PGPASSWORD` environment variable.
+ - Including the password in the connection string.
-We recommend the first option, as the other options don't scale well with multiple databases or compromise password confidentiality.
+We recommend the first option, as the other options don't scale well with multiple databases, or they compromise password confidentiality.
!!!
## Running the PGD CLI
-Once you have [installed pgd-cli](installing_cli), run the `pgd` command to access the PGD command line interface. The `pgd` command will need details of which host, port, and database to connect to, along with your username and password.
+Once you have [installed pgd-cli](installing_cli), run the `pgd` command to access the PGD command line interface. The `pgd` command needs details about the host, port, and database to connect to, along with your username and password.
## Passing a database connection string
-Use the `--dsn` flag to pass a database connection string to the `pgd` command. You don't need a configuration file when you pass the connection string with the `--dsn` flag. The flag takes precedence even if a configuration file is present. For example:
+Use the `--dsn` flag to pass a database connection string to the `pgd` command. When you pass the connection string with the `--dsn` flag, you don't need a configuration file. The flag takes precedence even if a configuration file is present. For example:
```sh
pgd show-nodes --dsn "host=bdr-a1 port=5432 dbname=bdrdb user=enterprisedb"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ See [pgd](command_ref) in the command reference for a description of the command
## Specifying a configuration file
-If a `pgd-cli-config.yml` file is in `/etc/edb/pgd-cli` or `$HOME/.edb/pgd-cli`, `pgd` will automatically use it. You can override
+If a `pgd-cli-config.yml` file is in `/etc/edb/pgd-cli` or `$HOME/.edb/pgd-cli`, `pgd` uses it. You can override
this behavior using the optional `-f` or `--config-file` flag. For example:
```sh
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ pgd show-nodes -o json
]
```
-The PGD CLI supports the following output formats:
+The PGD CLI supports the following output formats.
| Setting | Format | Considerations |
| ------- | ------ | --------- |
| none | Tabular | Default format. This setting presents the data in tabular form.|
| `json` | JSON | Presents the raw data with no formatting. For some commands, the JSON output might show more data than the tabular output, such as extra fields and more detailed messages. |
-| `yaml` | YAML |Similar to the JSON output, but as YAML and with the fields ordered alphabetically. Experimental and may not be fully supported in future versions. |
+| `yaml` | YAML | Similar to the JSON output but as YAML and with the fields ordered alphabetically. Experimental and might not be fully supported in future versions. |
## Accessing the command line help
From d0761417b640f1dd9be42d019e81ea45997431b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 24 Aug 2023 15:47:23 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 074/255] Update discover_connections.mdx
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index 84c468b3638..fb4cd2fbbd4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The example uses the IP address because the configuration is from a Docker TPA i
1. In the view of your cluster, select the **Connect** tab.
1. Copy the read/write URI from the connection info. This is your connection string.
-### For an EDB PGD for Kubernetes deployed cluster
+### For a cluster deployed with EDB PGD for Kubernetes
As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible, and there are multiple ways to obtain a connection string. It depends, in large part, on how the [services](/postgres_distributed_for_kubernetes/latest/connectivity/#services) were configured for the deployment:
From 4feb40e72190750b1e114d1799cfe0ccca9a3ab8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 08:50:27 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 075/255] Applying changes as per @kelpoole comments
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 7 ++++---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index fb4cd2fbbd4..ce04e3af495 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Because TPA is so flexible, you have to derive your connection string from your
- You need the name or IP address of a host with the role pgd-proxy listed for it. This host has a proxy you can connect to. Usually the proxy listens on port 6432. (Check the setting for `default_pgd_proxy_options` and `listen_port` in the config to confirm.)
- The default database name is `bdrdb`. (Check the setting `bdr_database` in the config to confirm.)
-- The default PGD superuser is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
+- The default PGD superuser is `enterprisedb` for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
@@ -65,9 +65,10 @@ The connection string for this cluster is:
The example uses the IP address because the configuration is from a Docker TPA install with no name resolution available. Generally, you can use the host name as configured.
!!!
-### For a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster
+### For an EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability cluster
1. Log in to the [BigAnimal clusters](https://portal.biganimal.com/clusters) view.
+1. In the filter, set the Cluster Type to "Distributed High Availability" to only show clusters which work with PGD CLI.
1. Select your cluster.
1. In the view of your cluster, select the **Connect** tab.
1. Copy the read/write URI from the connection info. This is your connection string.
@@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible, and there are multiple way
Consult your configuration file to determine this information.
-Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
+Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is `enterprisedb` for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
index bf8a00d1b39..1b87d879919 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ directoryDefaults:
description: "The PGD Command Line Interface (CLI) is a tool to manage your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster"
---
-The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It can be installed automatically on systems in a TPA-deployed PGD cluster. Or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, including BigAnimal distributed high-availability PGD clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
+The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It is installed automatically on systems in a TPA-deployed PGD cluster. Or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, such as EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
-See [Installing PGD CLI](installing_cli) for information about how to install PGD CLI automatically with Trusted Postgres Architect and manually.
+See [Installing PGD CLI](installing_cli) for information about how to manually install PGD CLI on systems.
See [Using PGD CLI](using_cli) for an introduction to using the PGD CLI and connecting to your PGD cluster.
From 02fee01ef58659969903175bdbd96f98e49efbfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: kelpoole <44814688+kelpoole@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 01:26:20 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 076/255] Update
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
Co-authored-by: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index ce04e3af495..5a24b8a63e9 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ indexdepth: 2
deepToC: true
---
-You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
+You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is `edb_admin` on an EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability cluster.
## PGD CLI and database connection strings
From 8112ae5025ac813634ea6ebb63a29d80c7c2ee22 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 10:55:34 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 077/255] Update product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
index ff558cdb8bc..1652ac10269 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
@@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.191-b12, mixed mode)
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
- If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
+ If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`
From 85f19c018b5c2c13c6fd83400e825e56ec349b0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 10:55:43 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 078/255] Update
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
index b4dc1bac48f..8b74021e55c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Before using Failover Manager, you must first install Java (version 1.8 or later
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
- If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package, e.g. `dnf install tzdata-java`
+ If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`
## Provide an SMTP server
From 49497d5ac592ac1ebfc294bfbe1607c66a83e6a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 06:29:56 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 079/255] minor copyedits
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx | 6 ++++--
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
index 0ade30d911d..6a7c7601131 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ After creating the `acctg.properties` and `sales.properties` files, create a ser
If you're using RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x, copy the service file `/usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4..service` to `/etc/systemd/system` with a new name that is unique for each cluster.
-For example, if you have two clusters named `acctg` and `sales` managed by EFM 4.7, the unit file names might be `efm-acctg.service` and `efm-sales.service`, and they can be created with:
+For example, if you have two clusters named `acctg` and `sales` managed by Failover Manager 4.7, the unit file names might be `efm-acctg.service` and `efm-sales.service`, and they can be created with:
```shell
cp /usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4.7.service /etc/systemd/system/efm-acctg.service
@@ -293,7 +293,9 @@ Environment=CLUSTER=sales
PIDFile=/run/efm-4.7/sales.pid
```
-Note: You could also have edited the files in `/etc/systemd/system` directly, but then you'll have to run `systemctl daemon-reload`, which is unecessary when using `systemd edit` to change the override files.
+!!!Note
+You could also have edited the files in `/etc/systemd/system` directly, but then you'll have to run `systemctl daemon-reload`, which is unecessary when using `systemd edit` to change the override files.
+!!!
After saving the changes, enable the services:
From 3bc5ed95126f3b133350de5855ba1a8822dc7ba2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 09:59:46 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 080/255] Fixed bad lists (line break in earlier line)
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 18 ++++++++----------
1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 87c3db87415..e89f4faccfa 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -108,22 +108,20 @@ Be sure to disable transaction streaming when planning to use
CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
-- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged
-and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- - non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- - non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- - non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
- - CLUSTER (of a single relation or index only)
- - ANALYZE
- - TRUNCATE
+- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
+ - non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
+ - non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
+ - non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
+ - `CLUSTER` (of a single relation or index only)
+ - `ANALYZE`
+ - `TRUNCATE`
## Group Commit
[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) is a feature which enables configurable synchronous commits over
nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
-- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged
-and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
From 39b00221af63a3e263fc2e6d1d90bd64a7fde797 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 10:00:29 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 081/255] Added backticks
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 12 ++++++------
1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index e89f4faccfa..2ef3dc96b64 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- - non-concurrent CREATE INDEX
- - non-concurrent DROP INDEX
- - non-concurrent REINDEX of an individual table or index
- - CLUSTER (of a single relation or index only)
- - ANALYZE
- - TRUNCATE
+ - non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
+ - non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
+ - non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
+ - `CLUSTER` (of a single relation or index only)
+ - `ANALYZE`
+ - `TRUNCATE`
## Eager
From 1c6baff06105b6749b9169494f4119321c1cc6ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 11:23:36 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 082/255] Update product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
Co-authored-by: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 2ef3dc96b64..6468f04f77f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Be sure to disable transaction streaming when planning to use
CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
-- Not all DDL can run when CAMO is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when you use CAMO. If you use unsupported DDL, a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
- non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
- non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
From 264203c80e79f523d283ac11982920909e78cdba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 11:23:45 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 083/255] Update product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
Co-authored-by: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 6468f04f77f..2ea6a437a25 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) is a feature which enables configurable synchronous commits over
nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
-- Not all DDL can run when Group Commit is used. If unsupported DDL is used a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
+- Not all DDL can run when you use Group Commit. If you use unsupported DDL, a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local. The only supported DDL operations are:
- non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
- non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
- non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
From da21b4afe06212db6966a30d31197d1ea6243256 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 14:06:29 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 084/255] PostgreSQL: Mac uninstall
---
.../postgresql/uninstalling.mdx | 15 +++++++++++----
1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
index c48f49210f6..a127af90d75 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
---
title: "Uninstalling PostgreSQL"
+navTitle: "Uninstalling"
legacyRedirects:
- "/edb-docs/d/postgresql/installation-getting-started/installation-guide/13.0/uninstalling_postgresql.html"
- "/edb-docs/d/postgresql/installation-getting-started/installation-guide-installers/11/PostgreSQL_Installation_Guide.1.10.html"
@@ -51,15 +52,21 @@ These instructions apply if you used EDB's interactive Mac installer to install
To uninstall PostgreSQL on a Mac system:
-1. Assume the identity of an operating system superuser, and navigate into the folder where the uninstaller resides:
+1. Assume the identity of an operating system superuser.
- `/Library/PostgreSQL/`
+1. Navigate into the folder where the uninstaller resides:
- Where `version` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
+ ```
+ cd /Library/PostgreSQL/
+ ```
+
+ Where `version` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
1. Invoke the uninstaller:
- `open uninstall-postgresql.app`
+ ```
+ open uninstall-postgresql.app
+ ```
1. If prompted, provide a password that allows the uninstaller to make changes to your system.
From 83a23d10d5f4151e95a915dbac46fabd14ea1f89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 10:18:25 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 085/255] updating the command for MacOS
---
.../postgresql/uninstalling.mdx | 14 +++-----------
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
index a127af90d75..4a8b999ac8a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
@@ -52,22 +52,14 @@ These instructions apply if you used EDB's interactive Mac installer to install
To uninstall PostgreSQL on a Mac system:
-1. Assume the identity of an operating system superuser.
-
-1. Navigate into the folder where the uninstaller resides:
-
- ```
- cd /Library/PostgreSQL/
- ```
-
- Where `version` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
-
1. Invoke the uninstaller:
```
- open uninstall-postgresql.app
+ sudo /Library/PostgreSQL//uninstall-postgresql.app/Contents/MacOS/installbuilder.sh
```
+ Where `` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
+
1. If prompted, provide a password that allows the uninstaller to make changes to your system.
The uninstaller opens and asks if you want to uninstall the entire application or individual components.
From cf383cfa61c90f6ac569aac23b84ae7d75c3804d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 08:24:11 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 086/255] incorporated Dj's comments
---
.../supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
index 4a8b999ac8a..865f095d106 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ To uninstall PostgreSQL on a Mac system:
1. Invoke the uninstaller:
```
- sudo /Library/PostgreSQL//uninstall-postgresql.app/Contents/MacOS/installbuilder.sh
+ open /Library/PostgreSQL//uninstall-postgresql.app/Contents/MacOS/installbuilder.sh
```
Where `` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
-1. If prompted, provide a password that allows the uninstaller to make changes to your system.
+1. You're prompted for a password. If your user has admin rights on macOS, enter your password. Otherwise, enter the user name and password of a user with admin rights.
The uninstaller opens and asks if you want to uninstall the entire application or individual components.
From 4980cdba7fb4ebb30251eb91ac2c1e06c3aa793e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan <126472455+djw-m@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 14:52:00 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 087/255] Update
advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
---
advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
index 865f095d106..df6b223a12f 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/uninstalling.mdx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ To uninstall PostgreSQL on a Mac system:
1. Invoke the uninstaller:
```
- open /Library/PostgreSQL//uninstall-postgresql.app/Contents/MacOS/installbuilder.sh
+ open /Library/PostgreSQL//uninstall-postgresql.app
```
Where `` is the version of PostgreSQL you installed.
From 0eedc8ee30f8b85dc202b91fce812590b682266b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 10:05:27 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 088/255] BigAnimal: pricing fix
---
.../docs/biganimal/release/pricing_and_billing/index.mdx | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/pricing_and_billing/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/pricing_and_billing/index.mdx
index ffc41414e80..29b6ab62547 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/pricing_and_billing/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/pricing_and_billing/index.mdx
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ This table shows the cost breakdown.
| Database type | Hourly price | Monthly price\* |
| ---------------------------- | -------------- | --------------- |
-| EDB Postgres Extended Server | $0.2511 / vCPU | $188.33 / vCPU |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | $0.3424 / vCPU | $256.80 / vCPU |
+| EDB Postgres Extended Server | $0.2511 / vCPU | $183.30 / vCPU |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | $0.3424 / vCPU | $249.95 / vCPU |
\* The monthly cost is approximate and assumes 730 hours in a month.
From bc7296a99a2b928cfcba768a9fed96fe2c0d6f84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 10:56:45 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 089/255] edits to limitations
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx | 18 +++++++++---------
1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
index 2ea6a437a25..4e9690d6c4b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/limitations.mdx
@@ -109,29 +109,29 @@ CAMO. You can configure this option globally or in the PGD node group. See
[Transaction streaming configuration](../transaction-streaming#configuration).
- Not all DDL can run when you use CAMO. If you use unsupported DDL, a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local only. The only supported DDL operations are:
- - non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
- - non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
- - non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
+ - Nonconcurrent `CREATE INDEX`
+ - Nonconcurrent `DROP INDEX`
+ - Nonconcurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
- `CLUSTER` (of a single relation or index only)
- `ANALYZE`
- `TRUNCATE`
## Group Commit
-[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) is a feature which enables configurable synchronous commits over
+[Group Commit](durability/group-commit) enables configurable synchronous commits over
nodes in a group. If you use this feature, take the following limitations into account:
-- Not all DDL can run when you use Group Commit. If you use unsupported DDL, a warning is logged and the transactions commit scope is set to local. The only supported DDL operations are:
- - non-concurrent `CREATE INDEX`
- - non-concurrent `DROP INDEX`
- - non-concurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
+- Not all DDL can run when you use Group Commit. If you use unsupported DDL, a warning is logged, and the transactions commit scope is set to local. The only supported DDL operations are:
+ - Nonconcurrent `CREATE INDEX`
+ - Nonconcurrent `DROP INDEX`
+ - Nonconcurrent `REINDEX` of an individual table or index
- `CLUSTER` (of a single relation or index only)
- `ANALYZE`
- `TRUNCATE`
## Eager
-[Eager](consistency/eager) is a feature which is available in Group Commit which enables conflicts to be avoided by eagerly aborting transactions that may clash. It is subject to the same limitations as Group Commit.
+[Eager](consistency/eager) is available in Group Commit. It avoids conflicts by eagerly aborting transactions that might clash. It's subject to the same limitations as Group Commit.
## Other limitations
From 60808c5e157f781719b1b5bef791b5c2eb3b58e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 11:18:58 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 090/255] edits to repli server pr 4705
---
.../03_certified_supported_versions.mdx | 2 +-
.../03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx | 2 +-
.../01_controlling_logging_level.mdx | 2 +-
.../7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx | 16 ++++++++--------
4 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
index 6c6cefbddc8..4a239de10d4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/01_introduction/03_certified_supported_versions.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ You can use the following database product versions with Replication Server:
- SQL Server 2014 version 12.0.5000.0 is explicitly certified. Newer minor versions in the 12.0 line are supported as well.
!!!Note
- All PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server versions available as BigAnimal single-node and primary/standby high availability cluster types are also supported for SMR configurations. Consult the BigAnimal (EDB’s managed database cloud service) [documentation](/biganimal/latest) for more information about BigAnimal’s [supported cluster types](/biganimal/latest/overview/02_high_availability/) and [database version policy](/biganimal/latest/overview/05_database_version_policy/) for the versions of PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server available in BigAnimal.
+ All PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server versions available as BigAnimal single-node and primary/standby high-availability cluster types are also supported for SMR configurations. See the BigAnimal (EDB’s managed database cloud service) [documentation](/biganimal/latest) for more information about BigAnimal’s [supported cluster types](/biganimal/latest/overview/02_high_availability/). See the [database version policy documentation](/biganimal/latest/overview/05_database_version_policy/) for the versions of PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Advanced Server available in BigAnimal.
As of Replication Server 7.1.0:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
index a95c78c6c34..a7a1088dba7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/08_xdb_cli/03_xdb_cli_commands/52_reload_conf_file.mdx
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The table shows whether a configuration property can be reloaded.
This example reloads the configuration file.
!!! Note Note
-When you execute the reloadconf command, if any configuration options have been changed from their default values, the output includes the configuration option and its new value.
+When you execute the `reloadconf` command, if any configuration options were changed from their default values, the output includes the configuration option and its new value.
```shell
java -jar edb-repcli.jar -reloadconf -repsvrfile subsvr.prop
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
index 90931a7714a..3a3889145af 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/10_appendix/03_miscellaneous_xdb_processing_topics/01_publications_and_subscriptions_server_conf_options/01_controlling_logging_level.mdx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Set the `logging.default.locale` option to use either the current system locale
The default value is `system`.
!!!Note
-This option is only applicable for publication and subscription logs and isn't supported for mtk.log.
+This option is applicable only for publication and subscription logs and isn't supported for `mtk.log`.
The RepCLI and RepConsole logs continue showing text in the default locale.
!!!
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
index b9db5af9199..184dded1bb5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/eprs_rel_notes/eprs_rel_notes_7.6.0.mdx
@@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ New features, enhancements, bug fixes, and other changes in Replication Server 7
| Type | Description |
| ------- |------------ |
-| Enhancement | EDB Replication Server now supports logging Publication and Subscription server logs in the English language, overriding the default locale, using the `logging.default.locale` configuration parameter. [Support ticket #89877] |
-| Enhancement | The snapshot operation now uses the table-level parallel loading capability, which reduces overhead on the source database by using range-based criterion for loading each individual table data chunk instead of a fetch-offset approach. This optimization is applicable when the table primary key/unique constraint is based on a non-composite numeric type attribute. [Support ticket # 93360] |
+| Enhancement | EDB Replication Server now supports logging publication and subscription server logs in the English language, overriding the default locale, by way of the `logging.default.locale` configuration parameter. [Support ticket #89877] |
+| Enhancement | The snapshot operation now uses the table-level parallel loading capability. This capability reduces overhead on the source database by using range-based criterion for loading each individual table data chunk instead of a fetch-offset approach. This optimization applies when the table primary key/unique constraint is based on a noncomposite numeric type attribute. [Support ticket # 93360] |
| Enhancement | To help investigate data synchronization gaps, Replication Server’s logging now logs when rows are skipped due to filter criteria. [Support ticket #91296] |
| Bug fix | Fixed an issue where metadata from the primary controller database wasn't replicated when a SQL Server or an Oracle publication database is added as a standby controller database. [Support ticket #82050 and #91884] |
-| Bug fix | Fixed the issues related to foreign key violations in the standby controller database that prevented upgrading from version 6.2.x to 7.x. [Support ticket #93129, #92056 and #91588] |
+| Bug fix | Fixed the issues related to foreign key violations in the standby controller database that prevented upgrading from version 6.2.x to 7.x. [Support ticket #93129, #92056, and #91588] |
| Bug fix | Corrected a few code paths to release unused resources for timely garbage collection and optimized memory utilization. [Support ticket #91588] |
-| Bug fix | Fixed a Data Validator Oracle edge case resulting in a `String index out of range` error for an Oracle to EDB Postgres Advanced Server validation. |
-| Bug fix | Fixed an issue resulting in a synchronization failure for `nchar`, `nvarchar`, `xml`, and `sqlvariant` when using the mssql-jdbc-10.2.1.jre8.jar file for a SQL Server to EDB Postgres Advanced Server cluster setup. |
-| Bug fix | Updated database type name references of “Postgres Plus Advanced Server” in the Replication Console and Replication CLI to “EDB Postgres Advanced Server”. |
-| Bug fix | Fixed an issue that prevented logging of changed configuration parameters at Publication and Subscription server start or when the `reloadconf` command is executed. |
-| Bug fix | Fixed a regression that led to an `Invalid custom column type mapping` error being observed for Publication tables with no column mapping. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed a data validator Oracle edge case resulting in a `String index out of range` error for an Oracle-to-EDB Postgres Advanced Server validation. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed an issue resulting in a synchronization failure for `nchar`, `nvarchar`, `xml`, and `sqlvariant` when using the `mssql-jdbc-10.2.1.jre8.jar` file for a SQL Server-to-EDB Postgres Advanced Server cluster setup. |
+| Bug fix | Updated database type name references of “Postgres Plus Advanced Server” in the Replication Console and Replication CLI to “EDB Postgres Advanced Server.” |
+| Bug fix | Fixed an issue that prevented logging of changed configuration parameters at publication and subscription server start or when the `reloadconf` command is executed. |
+| Bug fix | Fixed a regression that led to an `Invalid custom column type mapping` error being observed for publication tables with no column mapping. |
From 3124a5bb3b8c076036dd59fb1b8f6c98b3d022f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 11:27:45 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 091/255] small edit to biganimal pr4680
Grammatical issue
---
.../docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
index 2707e232191..5824256b13f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/reference/cli/managing_clusters.mdx
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ To create the cluster using the sample configuration file `config_file.yaml`:
biganimal cluster create --config-file "./config_file.yaml"
```
-To view valid values you can use in the configuration file for BigAnimal and cloud service provider-related properties, the CLI provides a series of cluster subcommands. For example, you can use `cluster show-architectures` to list all BigAnimal database architectures available within your cloud service provider account:
+To enable you to view valid values to use in the configuration file for BigAnimal and cloud service provider-related properties, the CLI provides a series of cluster subcommands. For example, you can use `cluster show-architectures` to list all BigAnimal database architectures available in your cloud service provider account:
```shell
biganimal cluster show-architectures
From 349af1ca0cf18ca56e7d804f4a077751a392b69a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: kelpoole <44814688+kelpoole@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 21:12:41 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 092/255] Updated index to align to CNPG and move things out of
Enhanced
---
.../docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx | 27 +++++++++++--------
1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
index 523dbc4964d..3205201a371 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ navigation:
- samples
- '#Using'
- bootstrap
- - security
- database_import
+ - security
- instance_manager
- scheduling
- resource_management
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ navigation:
- rolling_update
- replication
- backup_recovery
+ - declarative_role_management
- storage
- labels_annotations
- monitoring
@@ -41,21 +42,25 @@ navigation:
- replica_cluster
- kubernetes_upgrade
- expose_pg_services
- - troubleshooting
- - fencing
+ - kubectl-plugin
- failover
- - e2e
+ - fencing
+ - declarative_hibernation
+ - postgis
- container_images
+ - controller
+ - networking
+ - benchmarking
+ - '#EDB Enhancements'
+ - evaluation
+ - license_keys
+ - openshift
+ - tde
+ - '#Reference'
- operator_capability_levels
- - commercial_support
- faq
- - wait_for_apply_queue
+ - troubleshooting
- api_reference
- - '#Enhanced'
- - cnp-plugin
- - openshift
- - evaluation
- - license_keys
---
From 30abbd491883199dafd06ab26b0d1e91429d8df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: kelpoole <44814688+kelpoole@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 7 Sep 2023 21:40:53 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 093/255] Update index.mdx
---
product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx | 2 ++
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
index 3205201a371..554cedde64e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/postgres_for_kubernetes/1/index.mdx
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ navigation:
- '#Configuration'
- postgresql_conf
- operator_conf
+ - cluster_conf
- samples
- '#Using'
- bootstrap
@@ -56,6 +57,7 @@ navigation:
- license_keys
- openshift
- tde
+ - addons
- '#Reference'
- operator_capability_levels
- faq
From e2327fe2f0449570cfd6d169913ec9ec99525ac1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 11:49:28 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 094/255] Edits to PGD edits in PR 4688
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 10 +++++-----
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx | 2 +-
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx | 2 +-
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx | 2 +-
4 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index 5a24b8a63e9..61f29ac0a4b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ indexdepth: 2
deepToC: true
---
-You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is `edb_admin` on an EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability cluster.
+You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on an EDB BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
## PGD CLI and database connection strings
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Because TPA is so flexible, you have to derive your connection string from your
- You need the name or IP address of a host with the role pgd-proxy listed for it. This host has a proxy you can connect to. Usually the proxy listens on port 6432. (Check the setting for `default_pgd_proxy_options` and `listen_port` in the config to confirm.)
- The default database name is `bdrdb`. (Check the setting `bdr_database` in the config to confirm.)
-- The default PGD superuser is `enterprisedb` for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
+- The default PGD superuser is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ The connection string for this cluster is:
The example uses the IP address because the configuration is from a Docker TPA install with no name resolution available. Generally, you can use the host name as configured.
!!!
-### For an EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability cluster
+### For an EDB BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster
1. Log in to the [BigAnimal clusters](https://portal.biganimal.com/clusters) view.
-1. In the filter, set the Cluster Type to "Distributed High Availability" to only show clusters which work with PGD CLI.
+1. In the filter, set **Cluster Type** to **Distributed High Availability** to show only clusters that work with PGD CLI.
1. Select your cluster.
1. In the view of your cluster, select the **Connect** tab.
1. Copy the read/write URI from the connection info. This is your connection string.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible, and there are multiple way
Consult your configuration file to determine this information.
-Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is `enterprisedb` for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and `postgres` for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
+Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
index 1b87d879919..66a60be0b08 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/index.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ directoryDefaults:
description: "The PGD Command Line Interface (CLI) is a tool to manage your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster"
---
-The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It is installed automatically on systems in a TPA-deployed PGD cluster. Or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, such as EDB BigAnimal Distributed High Availability clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
+The EDB Postgres Distributed Command Line Interface (PGD CLI) is a tool for managing your EDB Postgres Distributed cluster. It allows you to run commands against EDB Postgres Distributed clusters. It's installed automatically on systems in a TPA-deployed PGD cluster. Or it can be installed manually on systems that can connect to any PGD cluster, such as EDB BigAnimal distributed high-availability clusters or PGD clusters deployed using the EDB PGD for Kubernetes operator.
See [Installing PGD CLI](installing_cli) for information about how to manually install PGD CLI on systems.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
index c72e436f58b..5c4b442e9bf 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/installing_cli.mdx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: "Installing PGD CLI"
navTitle: "Installing PGD CLI"
---
-You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
+You can install PGD CLI on any system that can connect to the PGD cluster. To use PGD CLI, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on an EDB BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
## Installing automatically with Trusted Postgres Architect (TPA)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
index ee992a9c828..fa1c89e3c71 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/using_cli.mdx
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ navTitle: "Using PGD CLI"
## What is the PGD CLI?
-The PGD CLI is a convenient way to connect to and manage your PGD cluster. To use it, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on a BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
+The PGD CLI is a convenient way to connect to and manage your PGD cluster. To use it, you need a user with PGD superuser privileges or equivalent. The PGD user with superuser privileges is the [bdr_superuser role](../security). An example of an equivalent user is edb_admin on an EDB BigAnimal distributed high-availability cluster.
!!! Important Setting passwords
PGD CLI doesn't interactively prompt for your password. You must pass your password using one of the following methods:
From c5d927bc2ecc1f57da50a2e1ad8208a5f288f5df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 12:03:55 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 095/255] PostgreSQL: fix link to language pack doc
---
advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/overview.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/overview.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/overview.mdx
index 961a9964e12..71f7dcac37c 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/overview.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/overview.mdx
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ EDB also makes PostgreSQL Early Experience distributions available. For details,
## EDB Language Pack installer
-You can use the EDB Language Pack installer with PostgreSQL installations and EDB Postgres Advanced Server installations. For details, see the [Language Pack documentation](/epas/latest/language_pack/).
+You can use the EDB Language Pack installer with PostgreSQL installations and EDB Postgres Advanced Server installations. For details, see the [Language Pack documentation](/language_pack/latest/).
From 49e8eaad23a1a348d0585f9c53618fbd9782a3c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 12:07:08 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 096/255] Edits to efm PR4788
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx | 14 +++++++-------
1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
index 6a7c7601131..e12d056f786 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/05_using_efm.mdx
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ When the new node joins the cluster, Failover Manager sends a notification to th
If your Failover Manager cluster includes more than one standby server, you can use the `efm set-priority` command to influence the promotion priority of a standby node. Invoke the command on any existing member of the Failover Manager cluster, and specify a priority value after the IP address of the member.
-For example, the following command instructs Failover Manager that the `acctg` cluster member that is monitoring `10.0.1.9` is the primary standby `(1)`:
+For example, the following command instructs Failover Manager that the `acctg` cluster member that's monitoring `10.0.1.9` is the primary standby `(1)`:
```shell
efm set-priority acctg 10.0.1.9 1
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ The command causes all Failover Manager agents to exit. Terminating the Failover
### Removing a node from a cluster
-The `efm disallow-node` command removes the IP address of a node from the Failover Manager Allowed Node host list. Assume the identity of efm or the OS superuser on any existing node that is currently part of the running cluster. Then invoke the `efm disallow-node` command, specifying the cluster name and the IP address of the node:
+The `efm disallow-node` command removes the IP address of a node from the Failover Manager Allowed Node host list. Assume the identity of efm or the OS superuser on any existing node that's currently part of the running cluster. Then invoke the `efm disallow-node` command, specifying the cluster name and the IP address of the node:
`efm disallow-node `
@@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ After creating the `acctg.properties` and `sales.properties` files, create a ser
### RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x
-If you're using RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x, copy the service file `/usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4..service` to `/etc/systemd/system` with a new name that is unique for each cluster.
+If you're using RHEL/CentOS 7.x or RHEL/Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux 8.x, copy the service file `/usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4..service` to `/etc/systemd/system` with a new name that's unique for each cluster.
-For example, if you have two clusters named `acctg` and `sales` managed by Failover Manager 4.7, the unit file names might be `efm-acctg.service` and `efm-sales.service`, and they can be created with:
+For example, if you have two clusters named `acctg` and `sales` managed by Failover Manager 4.7, the unit file names might be `efm-acctg.service` and `efm-sales.service`. You can create them with:
```shell
cp /usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4.7.service /etc/systemd/system/efm-acctg.service
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ cp /usr/lib/systemd/system/edb-efm-4.7.service /etc/systemd/system/efm-sales.ser
Then use `systemctl edit` to edit the `CLUSTER` variable in each unit file, changing the specified cluster name from `efm` to the new cluster name.
Also update the value of the `PIDfile` parameter to match the new cluster name.
-In our example, edit the `acctg` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-acctg.service` and write:
+In this example, edit the `acctg` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-acctg.service` and write:
```ini
[Service]
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Environment=CLUSTER=acctg
PIDFile=/run/efm-4.7/acctg.pid
```
-And edit the `sales` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-sales.service` and write:
+Edit the `sales` cluster by running `systemctl edit efm-sales.service` and write:
```ini
[Service]
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ PIDFile=/run/efm-4.7/sales.pid
```
!!!Note
-You could also have edited the files in `/etc/systemd/system` directly, but then you'll have to run `systemctl daemon-reload`, which is unecessary when using `systemd edit` to change the override files.
+You can also edit the files in `/etc/systemd/system` directly, but then you have to run `systemctl daemon-reload`. This step is unecessary when using `systemd edit` to change the override files.
!!!
After saving the changes, enable the services:
From f2470c11b64ad89d6625321d3e3bb832e86b623f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Betsy Gitelman <93718720+ebgitelman@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 12:14:45 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 097/255] minor edits to efm pr4520
---
product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx | 4 ++--
product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
index 1652ac10269..b7242de3b7c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/13_troubleshooting.mdx
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 1.8.0_191-b12)
OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.191-b12, mixed mode)
```
!!! Note
- There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+ There's a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you might see an error like the following:
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
- If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`
+ If you see this message, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
index 8b74021e55c..a4206bac8c0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/prerequisites.mdx
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ Before configuring a Failover Manager cluster, you must satisfy the prerequisite
Before using Failover Manager, you must first install Java (version 1.8 or later). Failover Manager is tested with OpenJDK, and we strongly recommend installing that version of Java. [Installation instructions for Java](https://openjdk.java.net/install/) are platform specific.
!!! Note
- There is a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you may see an error like the following:
+ There's a temporary issue with OpenJDK version 11 on RHEL and its derivatives. When starting Failover Manager, you might see an error like the following:
`java.lang.Error: java.io.FileNotFoundException: /usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.20.0.8-2.el8.x86_64/lib/tzdb.dat (No such file or directory)`
- If so, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`
+ If you see this message, the workaround is to manually install the missing package using the command `sudo dnf install tzdata-java`.
## Provide an SMTP server
From 6698ab52788cdf1153f47b00be2a048ec1b5b244 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 13:09:44 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 098/255] Update index.mdx
---
.../7/installing/upgrading_replication_server/index.mdx | 9 +++++++--
1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/installing/upgrading_replication_server/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/installing/upgrading_replication_server/index.mdx
index f0e949a0905..30d71015fa9 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/installing/upgrading_replication_server/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/eprs/7/installing/upgrading_replication_server/index.mdx
@@ -12,12 +12,17 @@ You can install Replication Server 7 when you have existing single-master or mul
It is assumed that you are installing Replication Server 7.x on the same host machine that is currently running the earlier version of Replication Server you are upgrading from and that you will then manage the existing replication systems using Replication Server 7.x.
-If you are using a version of Replication Server earlier than 6.2.x on Linux, first upgrade to 6.2.x, and then upgrade to version 7.x. See:
-- [Upgrading from a Replication Server 6.2 installation on Linux](upgrading_with_xdb_rpm_package)
+If you are using a version of Replication Server earlier than 6.2.15, first upgrade to 6.2.15 or a later 6.2.x point version before upgrading to 7.x.
+
+!!!note
+ Version 7.x provides a non-breaking upgrade path for existing 6.2.x based cluster deployments; however, we strongly recommended that you verify the upgrade in a staging or nonproduction environment before applying the upgrade in a production environment. There is no downgrade path from version 7.x to version 6.2.x so it is essential to test the upgrade first before applying it to the production environment.
+
+
For more details on upgrading Replication Server, see:
- [Updating the publication and subscription server](updating_sub_and_pub_ports)
+- [Upgrading from a Replication Server 6.2 installation on Linux](upgrading_with_xdb_rpm_package)
- [Upgrading from a Replication Server 7.x installation on Linux](upgrading_linux)
- [Upgrading with the graphical user interface installer](upgrading_with_gui_installer)
From da9867d73dc7f95a47e4c283ad4254e48d2df87b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 13:35:51 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 099/255] changed to proper product names
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index 61f29ac0a4b..54670cf50a4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Because TPA is so flexible, you have to derive your connection string from your
- You need the name or IP address of a host with the role pgd-proxy listed for it. This host has a proxy you can connect to. Usually the proxy listens on port 6432. (Check the setting for `default_pgd_proxy_options` and `listen_port` in the config to confirm.)
- The default database name is `bdrdb`. (Check the setting `bdr_database` in the config to confirm.)
-- The default PGD superuser is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.
+- The default PGD superuser is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Extended Server.
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
From 93e0e5a968469e772a430412dea402de257502bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dee Dee Rothery <83650384+drothery-edb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 13:36:16 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 100/255] changed to proper product names
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
index 54670cf50a4..04e2a3689d8 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/5/cli/discover_connections.mdx
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ As with TPA, EDB PGD for Kubernetes is very flexible, and there are multiple way
Consult your configuration file to determine this information.
-Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for Postgres and Postgres Extended.).
+Establish a host name or IP address, port, database name, and username. The default database name is `bdrdb`, and the default username is enterprisedb for EDB Postgres Advanced Server and postgres for PostgreSQL and EDB Postgres Extended Server.
You can then assemble a connection string based on that information:
From 81c0b89e17403510e70bb6251183854b79e4f4d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: jkitchens32
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 15:49:29 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 101/255] Punctuation Edit
---
.../partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
index 665df53f8ea..0f9ea225747 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/partner_docs/KastenbyVeeam/05-UsingVeeamKasten.mdx
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ When you have configured your Kubernetes environment per the `Configuring` secti
2. Use Kasten K10 to launch a backup that creates two restore points, a local and a remote.
-3. You now have a backup we can use to validate a restore in the next section
+3. You now have a backup we can use to validate a restore in the next section.
![Launch a Backup](Images/LaunchaBackup.png)
From 5765738107e0b6475ea653f36b8da0aa81e6d74b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Arthur Nascimento
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 19:25:44 -0300
Subject: [PATCH 102/255] pg_extensions/ASP/using: improve examples
The example for refdata was improved to show the different locking
pattern that replaces the row locks for a table lock, leading to a
stronger lock when the reference table is changed, but a lower overhead
when the referenced rows are accessed. The demonstration uses
pgrowlocks, which is available for heap, and will be available in a
future version of our custom TAMs.
The example for autocluster was maintained.
The advanced example that uses both TAMs was improved to show the
effect that autocluster has on the query plan, leading to fewer pages
touched. Previously it showed the ctid of the rows, but that is already
displayed in the autocluster example, so showing the different query
plans fills a gap in the overall explanation of autocluster.
The examples were reworked to not need external data, through the usage
of artificial data generated on the fly.
---
.../advanced_storage_pack/using.mdx | 293 ++++++++++++------
1 file changed, 192 insertions(+), 101 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/pg_extensions/advanced_storage_pack/using.mdx b/advocacy_docs/pg_extensions/advanced_storage_pack/using.mdx
index bf377e4df00..e97f24674aa 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/pg_extensions/advanced_storage_pack/using.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/pg_extensions/advanced_storage_pack/using.mdx
@@ -3,20 +3,119 @@ title: Using EDB Advanced Storage Pack
navTitle: Using
---
-The following are scenarios where the EDB Advances Storage Pack TAMs are useful.
+The following are scenarios where the EDB Advanced Storage Pack TAMs are useful.
## Refdata example
-A scenario where Refdata is useful is when creating a reference table of all the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) stock symbols and their corporate names. This data is expected to change very rarely and be referenced frequently from a table tracking all stock trades for the entire market (like in the [Advanced Autocluster example](#advanced-autocluster-example)). You can use Refdata instead of heap to increase performance.
+A scenario where Refdata is useful is when creating a reference table of all
+the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) stock symbols and their corporate names.
+This data is expected to change very rarely and be referenced frequently from a
+table tracking all stock trades for the entire market.
+
+Consider the following two tables:
+
+```sql
+CREATE TABLE nyse_symbol (
+ nyse_symbol_id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY,
+ symbol TEXT NOT NULL,
+ name TEXT NOT NULL
+);
+
+CREATE TABLE nyse_trade (
+ nyse_symbol_id INTEGER NOT NULL REFERENCES nyse_symbol(nyse_symbol_id),
+ trade_time TIMESTAMPTZ NOT NULL DEFAULT NOW(),
+ trade_price FLOAT8 NOT NULL CHECK(trade_price >= 0.0),
+ trade_volume BIGINT NOT NULL CHECK(trade_volume >= 1)
+);
+
+CREATE INDEX ON nyse_trade USING BTREE(nyse_symbol_id);
+```
+
+When `heap` is used for `nyse_symbol`, manipulating rows in `nyse_trade` causes
+row locks to be created in `nyse_symbol`, but only row locks are used in
+`nyse_symbol`:
+
+```sql
+=# BEGIN;
+BEGIN
+=*#
+=*# INSERT INTO nyse_symbol (symbol, name)
+-*# VALUES ('A', 'A');
+INSERT 0 1
+=*#
+=*# SELECT locktype, mode FROM pg_locks
+-*# WHERE relation = 'nyse_symbol'::regclass;
+ locktype | mode
+----------+------------------
+ relation | RowExclusiveLock
+(1 row)
+=*#
+=*# COMMIT;
+COMMIT
+=#
+=# BEGIN;
+BEGIN
+=*# -- insert data into a table that has a foreign key to nyse_symbol
+=*# INSERT INTO nyse_trade (nyse_symbol_id, trade_price, trade_volume)
+-*# VALUES (1, 1, 1);
+INSERT 0 1
+=*#
+=*# -- display the row locks in nyse_symbol
+=*# SELECT * FROM pgrowlocks('nyse_symbol');
+-[ RECORD 1 ]-----------------
+locked_row | (0,1)
+locker | 778
+multi | f
+xids | {778}
+modes | {"For Key Share"}
+pids | {21480}
+=*#
+```
+
+However, when `refdata` is used for `nyse_symbol`, the locking pattern changes. The table is created with the `USING refdata` clause:
```sql
-CREATE SEQUENCE nyse_symbol_id_seq;
CREATE TABLE nyse_symbol (
- nyse_symbol_id INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT NEXTVAL('nyse_symbol_id_seq'),
- symbol TEXT NOT NULL,
- name TEXT NOT NULL
+ nyse_symbol_id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY,
+ symbol TEXT NOT NULL,
+ name TEXT NOT NULL
) USING refdata;
```
+
+In this case, manipulating data in `nyse_trade` does not generate row locks in `nyse_symbol`. But manipulating `nyse_symbol` directly cause an `EXCLUSIVE` lock to be acquired on the entire relation:
+
+```sql
+=# BEGIN;
+BEGIN
+=*#
+=*# INSERT INTO nyse_symbol (symbol, name)
+-*# VALUES ('A', 'A');
+INSERT 0 1
+=*#
+=*# SELECT locktype, mode FROM pg_locks
+-*# WHERE relation = 'nyse_symbol'::regclass;
+ locktype | mode
+----------+------------------
+ relation | RowExclusiveLock
+ relation | ExclusiveLock
+(2 rows)
+=*#
+=*# COMMIT;
+COMMIT
+=#
+=# BEGIN;
+BEGIN
+=*# -- insert data into a table that has a foreign key to nyse_symbol
+=*# INSERT INTO nyse_trade (nyse_symbol_id, trade_price, trade_volume)
+-*# VALUES (1, 1, 1);
+INSERT 0 1
+=*#
+=*# -- display the row locks in nyse_symbol
+=*# SELECT * FROM refdata.pgrowlocks('nyse_symbol');
+(0 rows)
+=*#
+```
+
## Autocluster example
A scenario where Autocluster is useful is with Internet of Things (IoT) data, which are usually inserted with many rows that relate to each other and often use append-only data. When using heap instead of Autocluster, Postgres can't cluster together these related rows, so access to the set of rows touches many data blocks, can be very slow, and is input/output heavy.
@@ -25,10 +124,10 @@ This example is for an IoT thermostat that reports house temperatures and temper
```sql
CREATE TABLE iot (
- thermostat_id bigint NOT NULL,
- recordtime timestamp NOT NULL,
- measured_temperature float4,
- temperature_setting float4
+ thermostat_id BIGINT NOT NULL,
+ recordtime TIMESTAMPTZ NOT NULL,
+ measured_temperature FLOAT4,
+ temperature_setting FLOAT4
) USING autocluster;
```
@@ -74,128 +173,120 @@ ctid | thermostat_id | recordtime
(6 rows)
```
- ## Advanced example
+## Advanced example
-This is an advanced example where Refdata and Autocluster are used together. It involves referencing the NYSE table from the [Refdata example](#refdata) and clustering together the rows based on the stock symbol. This approach makes it easier to find the latest number of trades.
+This is an advanced example where Refdata and Autocluster are used together. It involves referencing the NYSE table from the [Refdata example](#refdata-example) and clustering together the rows in the trade table based on the stock symbol. This approach makes it easier to find the latest number of trades.
-Start with the NYSE table from the Refdata example:
+Start with the NYSE table from the Refdata example:
```sql
-CREATE SEQUENCE nyse_symbol_id_seq;
CREATE TABLE nyse_symbol (
- nyse_symbol_id INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT NEXTVAL('nyse_symbol_id_seq'),
- symbol TEXT NOT NULL,
- name TEXT NOT NULL
+ nyse_symbol_id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY GENERATED ALWAYS AS IDENTITY,
+ symbol TEXT NOT NULL,
+ name TEXT NOT NULL
) USING refdata;
```
-Create a highly updated table containing NYSE trades, referencing the mostly static stock symbols in the Refdata table. Cluster the rows on the stock symbol to make it easier to look up the last x trades for a given stock:
+Create a highly updated table containing NYSE trades, referencing the mostly
+static stock symbols in the Refdata table. Cluster the rows on the stock symbol
+to make it easier to look up the last x trades for a given stock:
```sql
CREATE TABLE nyse_trade (
- nyse_symbol_id INTEGER NOT NULL REFERENCES nyse_symbol(nyse_symbol_id),
- trade_time TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT NOW(),
- trade_price FLOAT8 NOT NULL CHECK(trade_price >= 0.0),
- trade_volume BIGINT NOT NULL CHECK(trade_volume >= 1)
-); -- USING autocluster;
+ nyse_symbol_id INTEGER NOT NULL REFERENCES nyse_symbol(nyse_symbol_id),
+ trade_time TIMESTAMPTZ NOT NULL DEFAULT NOW(),
+ trade_price FLOAT8 NOT NULL CHECK(trade_price >= 0.0),
+ trade_volume BIGINT NOT NULL CHECK(trade_volume >= 1)
+) USING autocluster;
+
CREATE INDEX ON nyse_trade USING BTREE(nyse_symbol_id);
SELECT autocluster.autocluster(
- rel := 'nyse_trade'::regclass,
- cols := '{1}',
- max_objects := 3000
+ rel := 'nyse_trade'::regclass,
+ cols := '{1}',
+ max_objects := 3000
);
- autocluster
+ autocluster
-------------
-
-(1 row)
-```
-
-Create a view to facilitate inserting by symbol name rather than id:
-```sql
-CREATE VIEW nyse_trade_symbol AS
- SELECT ns.symbol, nt.trade_time, nt.trade_price, nt.trade_volume
- FROM nyse_symbol ns
- JOIN nyse_trade nt
- ON ns.nyse_symbol_id = nt.nyse_symbol_id;
-CREATE RULE stock_insert AS ON INSERT TO nyse_trade_symbol
- DO INSTEAD INSERT INTO nyse_trade
- (SELECT ns.nyse_symbol_id, NEW.trade_time, NEW.trade_price, NEW.trade_volume
- FROM nyse_symbol ns
- WHERE ns.symbol = NEW.symbol
- );
+(1 row)
```
-For more information on creating a view, see the [PostgreSQL documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-createview.html).
-
-Prepopulate the static data (shortened for brevity):
+Prepopulate the static data (shortened for brevity):
```sql
INSERT INTO nyse_symbol (symbol, name) VALUES
('A', 'Agilent Technologies'),
- ('AA', 'Alcoa Corp'),
- ('AAC', 'Ares Acquisition Corp Cl A'),
- ('AAIC', 'Arlington Asset Investment Corp'),
- ('AAIN', 'Arlington Asset Investment Corp 6.000%'),
- ('AAN', 'Aarons Holdings Company'),
- ('AAP', 'Advance Auto Parts Inc'),
- ('AAQC', 'Accelerate Acquisition Corp Cl A'),
+ ('AA', 'Alcoa Corp'),
+ ('AAC', 'Ares Acquisition Corp Cl A'),
+ ('AAIC', 'Arlington Asset Investment Corp'),
+ ('AAIN', 'Arlington Asset Investment Corp 6.000%'),
+ ('AAN', 'Aarons Holdings Company'),
+ ('AAP', 'Advance Auto Parts Inc'),
+ ('AAQC', 'Accelerate Acquisition Corp Cl A'),
('ZTR', 'Virtus Total Return Fund Inc'),
- ('ZTS', 'Zoetis Inc Cl A'),
- ('ZUO', 'Zuora Inc'),
- ('ZVIA', 'Zevia Pbc Cl A'),
- ('ZWS', 'Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Corp'),
- ('ZYME', 'Zymeworks Inc');
+ ('ZTS', 'Zoetis Inc Cl A'),
+ ('ZUO', 'Zuora Inc'),
+ ('ZVIA', 'Zevia Pbc Cl A'),
+ ('ZWS', 'Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Corp'),
+ ('ZYME', 'Zymeworks Inc');
ANALYZE nyse_symbol;
```
-Insert stock trades over a given time range on Friday, November 18, 2022 (shortened for brevity):
-
-```sql
-\timing
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('NSC', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 248.100000, 98778);
-Time: 32.349 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('BOE', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 9.640000, 72973);
-Time: 1.055 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('LOMA', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 6.180000, 41632);
-Time: 0.927 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('LXP', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 10.670000, 85768);
-Time: 0.941 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('ABBV', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 155.000000, 46842);
-Time: 0.916 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('AGD', 'Fri Nov 18 09:51:32 2022', 9.360000, 90684);
-Time: 0.669 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('PAGS', 'Fri Nov 18 11:14:31 2022', 12.985270, 34734);
-Time: 0.849 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('KTF', 'Fri Nov 18 11:14:31 2022', 8.435753, 73719);
-Time: 0.679 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('AES', 'Fri Nov 18 11:14:31 2022', 28.072732, 549);
-Time: 0.667 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('LIN', 'Fri Nov 18 11:14:31 2022', 334.617829, 39838);
-Time: 0.665 ms
-INSERT INTO nyse_trade_symbol VALUES ('DTB', 'Fri Nov 18 11:14:31 2022', 18.679245, 55863);
-Time: 0.680 ms
+Insert artificial stock trades, one trade per stock symbol, repeating the
+pattern multiple times:
+
+```sql
+INSERT INTO nyse_trade
+ SELECT nyse_symbol_id, now(), i, i
+ FROM nyse_symbol, generate_series(1,1000000) AS i;
ANALYZE nyse_trade;
-Time: 73.832 ms
```
-Select the ctid from the data for a given stock symbol to see in the output how it was clustered together:
+Given that the inserts intercalated `nyse_symbol_id`, a query that consults one
+stock would touch most pages if the table used `heap`, but would touch far
+fewer pages using Autocluster.
+
+The following query operates on attributes that must be fetched from the table
+after an index scan, and shows the number of buffers touched:
```sql
-SELECT ctid, * FROM nyse_trade WHERE nyse_symbol_id = 1000 ORDER BY trade_time DESC LIMIT 10;
-__OUTPUT__
-ctid | nyse_symbol_id | trade_time | trade_price | trade_volume
------------+----------------+--------------------------+-------------+--------------
- (729,71) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:13:51 2022 | 11.265938 | 72662
- (729,22) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:08:39 2022 | 11.262747 | 50897
- (729,20) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:08:30 2022 | 11.267203 | 37120
- (729,9) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:07:21 2022 | 11.269852 | 792
- (729,6) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:07:02 2022 | 11.268067 | 46221
- (632,123) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:04:46 2022 | 11.272623 | 97874
- (632,118) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 11:04:28 2022 | 11.271794 | 65579
- (632,14) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 10:55:45 2022 | 11.268543 | 8557
- (632,2) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 10:54:45 2022 | 11.26414 | 94078
- (506,126) | 1000 | Fri Nov 18 10:54:01 2022 | 11.264657 | 89641
+EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, BUFFERS, TIMING OFF, SUMMARY OFF, COSTS OFF)
+ SELECT AVG(trade_volume * trade_price)
+ FROM nyse_trade WHERE nyse_symbol_id = 10;
+```
+
+This is the query plan using `autocluster`:
+
+```
+ QUERY PLAN
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Aggregate (actual rows=1 loops=1)
+ **Buffers: shared read=59609**
+ -> Bitmap Heap Scan on nyse_trade (actual rows=1000000 loops=1)
+ Recheck Cond: (nyse_symbol_id = 10)
+ Heap Blocks: exact=58824
+ Buffers: shared read=59609
+ -> Bitmap Index Scan on nyse_trade_nyse_symbol_id_idx (actual rows=1000000 loops=1)
+ Index Cond: (nyse_symbol_id = 10)
+ Buffers: shared read=785
+(9 rows)
+```
+
+For contrast, this is the query plan using `heap`:
+
+```
+ QUERY PLAN
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Aggregate (actual rows=1 loops=1)
+ **Buffers: shared read=103727**
+ -> Bitmap Heap Scan on nyse_trade (actual rows=1000000 loops=1)
+ Recheck Cond: (nyse_symbol_id = 10)
+ Rows Removed by Index Recheck: 8325053
+ Heap Blocks: exact=37020 lossy=65922
+ Buffers: shared read=103727
+ -> Bitmap Index Scan on nyse_trade_nyse_symbol_id_idx (actual rows=1000000 loops=1)
+ Index Cond: (nyse_symbol_id = 10)
+ Buffers: shared read=785
(10 rows)
```
From b404aeeadd1d2bb53dcf085bacb49054f1c5879a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: nidhibhammar <59045594+nidhibhammar@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 11:29:01 +0530
Subject: [PATCH 103/255] Update 01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
---
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 6 ------
1 file changed, 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index a205868915f..0b937920376 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -113,12 +113,6 @@ The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
- There may be none, one, or more methods defined in the object type.
-- For each member method there is an implicit, built-in parameter named `SELF`, whose data type is that of the object type being defined.
-
- `SELF` refers to the object instance that is currently invoking the method. `SELF` can be explicitly declared as an `IN` or `IN OUT` parameter in the parameter list (for example as `MEMBER FUNCTION (SELF IN OUT object_type ...)).`
-
- If `SELF` is explicitly declared, `SELF` must be the first parameter in the parameter list. If `SELF` is not explicitly declared, its parameter mode defaults to `IN OUT` for member procedures and `IN` for member functions.
-
- A static method cannot be overridden (`OVERRIDING` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
- A static method must be instantiable (`NOT INSTANTIABLE` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
From cb50970d702d89d435900170c89898d85b7cc70d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: nidhibhammar <59045594+nidhibhammar@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 11:29:47 +0530
Subject: [PATCH 104/255] Update 01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
---
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 6 ------
1 file changed, 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index a205868915f..0b937920376 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -113,12 +113,6 @@ The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
- There may be none, one, or more methods defined in the object type.
-- For each member method there is an implicit, built-in parameter named `SELF`, whose data type is that of the object type being defined.
-
- `SELF` refers to the object instance that is currently invoking the method. `SELF` can be explicitly declared as an `IN` or `IN OUT` parameter in the parameter list (for example as `MEMBER FUNCTION (SELF IN OUT object_type ...)).`
-
- If `SELF` is explicitly declared, `SELF` must be the first parameter in the parameter list. If `SELF` is not explicitly declared, its parameter mode defaults to `IN OUT` for member procedures and `IN` for member functions.
-
- A static method cannot be overridden (`OVERRIDING` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
- A static method must be instantiable (`NOT INSTANTIABLE` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
From 4a6479ccc96263cb6fbcfa94ae3b97f5c5d2c015 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: nidhibhammar <59045594+nidhibhammar@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 11:30:22 +0530
Subject: [PATCH 105/255] Update 01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
---
.../01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx | 6 ------
1 file changed, 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
index 05e797abf97..34628c1404f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/epas_compat_spl/15_object_types_and_objects/02_object_type_components/01_object_type_specification_syntax.mdx
@@ -116,12 +116,6 @@ The following points should be noted about an object type specification:
- There may be none, one, or more methods defined in the object type.
-- For each member method there is an implicit, built-in parameter named `SELF`, whose data type is that of the object type being defined.
-
- `SELF` refers to the object instance that is currently invoking the method. `SELF` can be explicitly declared as an `IN` or `IN OUT` parameter in the parameter list (for example as `MEMBER FUNCTION (SELF IN OUT object_type ...)).`
-
- If `SELF` is explicitly declared, `SELF` must be the first parameter in the parameter list. If `SELF` is not explicitly declared, its parameter mode defaults to `IN OUT` for member procedures and `IN` for member functions.
-
- A static method cannot be overridden (`OVERRIDING` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
- A static method must be instantiable (`NOT INSTANTIABLE` and `STATIC` cannot be specified together in `method_spec`).
From e0d9e571c1263ceab68dbdfb4114b34bb9d8f5f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 14:13:44 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 106/255] Update scripts for next import
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
scripts/source/process-tpa-docs-auto.sh | 12 ++++++------
scripts/source/{tpaexec.js => tpa.js} | 0
2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
rename scripts/source/{tpaexec.js => tpa.js} (100%)
diff --git a/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs-auto.sh b/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs-auto.sh
index 3c7ea5eb87f..e67d00291ef 100755
--- a/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs-auto.sh
+++ b/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs-auto.sh
@@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ then
exit 1
fi
-SOURCE_CHECKOUT="/tmp/tpaexecforimport"
+SOURCE_CHECKOUT="/tmp/tpaforimport"
rm -rf $SOURCE_CHECKOUT
if [ -z $2 ]
then
-# Get the TPAexec tree into /tmp/tpaexecforimport
- git clone https://github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpaexec.git $SOURCE_CHECKOUT
+# Get the TPA tree into /tmp/tpaforimport
+ git clone https://github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpa.git $SOURCE_CHECKOUT
else
- # Get specific branch of the TPAexec tree into /tmp/tpaexecforimport
- git clone -b $2 https://github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpaexec.git $SOURCE_CHECKOUT
+ # Get specific branch of the TPA tree into /tmp/tpaforimport
+ git clone -b $2 https://github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpa.git $SOURCE_CHECKOUT
fi
# convert inputs to actual directory names, in case a relative path is passed in.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/files-to-ignore.mjs \
cd $SOURCE_CHECKOUT/docs/
-node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/tpaexec.js src
+node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/tpa.js src
node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/merge-indexes.mjs \
"$SOURCE_CHECKOUT/docs/src/index.mdx" \
diff --git a/scripts/source/tpaexec.js b/scripts/source/tpa.js
similarity index 100%
rename from scripts/source/tpaexec.js
rename to scripts/source/tpa.js
From a5a6dc4e50793c1ecfa342ef7fcd6d1daece9623 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dj Walker-Morgan
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 15:17:08 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 107/255] Updated pages for new repo name
Signed-off-by: Dj Walker-Morgan
---
.../docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-docker.mdx | 4 ++--
product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-repo.mdx | 12 ++++++------
2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-docker.mdx b/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-docker.mdx
index 85616c177b8..34b1b2be4cd 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-docker.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-docker.mdx
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ Run the following commands to clone the tpaexec source repository from Github
and build a new Docker image named `tpa/tpaexec`:
```bash
-$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpaexec.git
-$ cd tpaexec
+$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpa.git
+$ cd tpa
$ docker build -t tpa/tpaexec .
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-repo.mdx b/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-repo.mdx
index 6d762c6d8a7..63d1b3f5010 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-repo.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/tpa/23/reference/INSTALL-repo.mdx
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ $ brew install python@3 openvpn flock coreutils gpatch git
Next, install TPA itself:
```bash
-$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpaexec.git
-$ ./tpaexec/bin/tpaexec setup
-$ ./tpaexec/bin/tpaexec selftest
+$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpa.git
+$ ./tpa/bin/tpaexec setup
+$ ./tpa/bin/tpaexec selftest
```
## Step-by-step
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ If your system does not have Python 3.6+ packages, you can use `pyenv`
to install a more recent Python in your home directory (see below), or
you can [run TPA in a Docker container](INSTALL-docker/).
-Next, clone the TPA repository into, say, `~/tpaexec`. (It doesn't
+Next, clone the TPA repository into, say, `~/tpa`. (It doesn't
matter where you put it, but don't use `/opt/EDB/TPA` or
`/opt/2ndQuadrant/TPA`, to avoid conflicts if you install the TPA
packages in future.)
```bash
-$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpaexec.git ~/tpaexec
+$ git clone ssh://git@github.com/EnterpriseDB/tpa.git ~/tpa
```
(If you're installing from source, please clone the repository instead
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The remaining steps are the same as if you had installed the package.
```bash
# Add tpaexec to your PATH for convenience
# (Put this in your ~/.bashrc too)
-$ export PATH=$PATH:$HOME/tpaexec/bin
+$ export PATH=$PATH:$HOME/tpa/bin
$ tpaexec setup
$ tpaexec selftest
From 75c7a1cacd301a9a412cd773c462714182a8c1fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Josh Heyer
Date: Fri, 8 Sep 2023 18:42:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 108/255] update other script references to tpaexec
---
scripts/source/dispatch_product.py | 2 +-
scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh | 2 +-
scripts/source/tpa.js | 2 +-
3 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/scripts/source/dispatch_product.py b/scripts/source/dispatch_product.py
index ce829b4c6a9..9f374788903 100755
--- a/scripts/source/dispatch_product.py
+++ b/scripts/source/dispatch_product.py
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
"EnterpriseDB/bdr": f"node {args.workspace}/destination/scripts/source/bdr.js {args.workspace}/source {args.workspace}/destination --unhandled-rejections=strict",
"EnterpriseDB/pglogical": f"node {args.workspace}/destination/scripts/source/pglogical.js {args.workspace}/source {args.workspace}/destination --unhandled-rejections=strict",
"EnterpriseDB/harp": f"rsync -a --delete {args.workspace}/source/docs/user_guide/ {args.workspace}/destination/product_docs/docs/harp/2.0/",
- "EnterpriseDB/tpaexec": f"{args.workspace}/destination/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh {args.workspace}/source {args.workspace}/destination",
+ "EnterpriseDB/tpa": f"{args.workspace}/destination/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh {args.workspace}/source {args.workspace}/destination",
}
ret = os.system(
diff --git a/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh b/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh
index 9f16993cd5f..fba0e81587d 100755
--- a/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh
+++ b/scripts/source/process-tpa-docs.sh
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/files-to-ignore.mjs \
cd $SOURCE_CHECKOUT/docs/
-node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/tpaexec.js src
+node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/tpa.js src
node $DESTINATION_CHECKOUT/scripts/source/merge-indexes.mjs \
"$SOURCE_CHECKOUT/docs/src/index.mdx" \
diff --git a/scripts/source/tpa.js b/scripts/source/tpa.js
index 98db309ed45..17287a256f8 100644
--- a/scripts/source/tpa.js
+++ b/scripts/source/tpa.js
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// run: node scripts/source/tpaexec.js source_path"
+// run: node scripts/source/tpa.js source_path"
// purpose:
// Import and convert the tpa docs to EDB Docs -style MDX
//
From 7ed2dd1c64b0ee11735df474a342a925a5038ebb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 10:25:02 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 109/255] BigAnimal: some cpu/memory is reserved by the system
---
.../release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx | 3 +++
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
index 931630f5e0f..1f53e92d5ad 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
@@ -90,6 +90,9 @@ The following options aren't available when creating your cluster:
- Compute optimized for compute bound applications
- General purpose if you don't require memory or compute optimization
1. Select the instance series and size. See [Sizes for virtual machines in Azure](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/sizes), [Amazon EC2 Instance Types](https://aws.amazon.com/ec2/instance-types/), or the [Google Cloud Machine families resource and comparison guide](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) for information to help you choose the appropriate instance type.
+ !!!note
+ Some CPU/memory is reserved by BigAnimal.
+
!!!tip
To maximize your disk size for AWS, select Rb5 as your instance and then io2 Block Express as your storage to get a maximum disk size of 64 TB and 256,000 IOPS.
From f71e2f56758de4b6da8a758e6fad4935581b654a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Lenz Grimmer
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 14:38:39 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 110/255] Update BDR 3.7 Upgrading chapter
Improved document title to be more precise.
BDR-4081
---
product_docs/docs/pgd/3.7/bdr/upgrades/index.mdx | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/pgd/3.7/bdr/upgrades/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/pgd/3.7/bdr/upgrades/index.mdx
index 53fdb230e87..ee3fdfefaa7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/pgd/3.7/bdr/upgrades/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/pgd/3.7/bdr/upgrades/index.mdx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
---
-navTitle: Upgrades
-title: Application Schema Upgrades
+navTitle: Upgrading
+title: Upgrading
originalFilePath: upgrades.md
---
From d131a3dc6aca76fa2d4266c6653af2544f6a3bb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Thu, 31 Aug 2023 10:35:16 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 111/255] BigAnimal: planning section
---
.../02_connecting_to_your_cloud/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../creating_a_cluster/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../01_preparing_azure/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../02_preparing_aws.mdx | 2 +-
.../preparing_cloud_account/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../preparing_gcp/index.mdx | 2 +-
product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/index.mdx | 1 +
.../release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx | 39 ++++---------------
.../release/overview/03_security/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../overview/03a_region_support/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../planning/choosing_cluster_type.mdx | 19 +++++++++
.../planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx | 15 +++++++
.../deployment_options/index.mdx | 4 +-
.../docs/biganimal/release/planning/index.mdx | 8 ++++
14 files changed, 61 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_cluster_type.mdx
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
rename product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/{overview => planning}/deployment_options/index.mdx (87%)
create mode 100644 product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/index.mdx
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/02_connecting_to_your_cloud/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/02_connecting_to_your_cloud/index.mdx
index 14338bd0226..3b5c33740cc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/02_connecting_to_your_cloud/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/02_connecting_to_your_cloud/index.mdx
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ redirects:
- /biganimal/release/getting_started/02_connecting_to_your_cloud/01_connecting_your_own_cloud
---
-Use these techniques to connect your cloud if you're using your own cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).
+Use these techniques to connect your cloud if you're using your own cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).
## BigAnimal access requirements
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
index 1f53e92d5ad..0daf3917b52 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/creating_a_cluster/index.mdx
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The following options aren't available when creating your cluster:
1. Select the number of standby replicas for your primary/standby high-availability cluster.
-1. Select the type of cloud account for your cluster. You can choose BigAnimal's cloud account or set up your own. For more information, see [Deployment options](../../overview/deployment_options).
+1. Select the type of cloud account for your cluster. You can choose BigAnimal's cloud account or set up your own. For more information, see [Deployment options](../../planning/deployment_options).
!!! Note
If you use BigAnimal's cloud account, your estimated cloud infrastructure costs are calculated into your cluster's estimated monthly price shown at the bottom of the page.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/01_preparing_azure/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/01_preparing_azure/index.mdx
index bf9074b3549..a23cbaa4a9e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/01_preparing_azure/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/01_preparing_azure/index.mdx
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ redirects:
- /biganimal/latest/getting_started/01_preparing_azure/
---
-BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your Azure subscription before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your Azure subscription is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits, such as:
+BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your Azure subscription before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your Azure subscription is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits, such as:
- Are the necessary Azure resource providers registered for your subscription?
- Is there a restriction on SKUs for the standard Esv3 family and standard D2_v4 VM size?
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/02_preparing_aws.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/02_preparing_aws.mdx
index d18c95557a6..0cbc6a6c5d5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/02_preparing_aws.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/02_preparing_aws.mdx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: "Preparing your AWS account"
---
-BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your AWS account before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your AWS account is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits, such as:
+BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your AWS account before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your AWS account is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits, such as:
- Is the AWS CLI configured to access your AWS account?
- Is there a sufficient limit on the number of vCPUs and Network Load Balancers (NLBs) left in your region?
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/index.mdx
index 4364ed631ae..4139aaf601e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/index.mdx
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ navigation:
- preparing_gcp
---
-When using your cloud account, each time you create a cluster, you must ensure the readiness of your cloud to work with BigAnimal. You need to perform this check only if you're not using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).
+When using your cloud account, each time you create a cluster, you must ensure the readiness of your cloud to work with BigAnimal. You need to perform this check only if you're not using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/preparing_gcp/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/preparing_gcp/index.mdx
index d6b2aa61c90..b90f5b0a2eb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/preparing_gcp/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/getting_started/preparing_cloud_account/preparing_gcp/index.mdx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: Preparing your Google Cloud account
---
-BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your Google Cloud (GCP) account before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your Google Cloud account is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits.
+BigAnimal requires you to check the readiness of your Google Cloud (GCP) account before you deploy your clusters. (You don't need to perform this check if you're using BigAnimal's cloud account as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).) The checks that you perform ensure that your Google Cloud account is prepared to meet your clusters' requirements and resource limits.
!!! Note
Before proceeding, see [Understanding requirements in Google Cloud](understanding_quotas_in_gcp) for details on planning for your clusters' requirements and resource limits in Google Cloud.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/index.mdx
index 62c0b513a92..abf79c38d8b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/index.mdx
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ directoryDefaults:
navigation:
- free_trial
- overview
+ - planning
- getting_started
- using_cluster
- administering_cluster
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
index 29b134f018a..22502abe6e1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
@@ -8,37 +8,12 @@ redirects:
BigAnimal supports three cluster types:
- Single node
- Primary/standby high availability
-- Distributed high availability)
+- Distributed high availability
You choose the type of cluster you want on the [Create Cluster](https://portal.biganimal.com/create-cluster) page in the [BigAnimal](https://portal.biganimal.com) portal.
-## Choosing your Postgres distribution
-Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](#choosing-your-cluster-type-and-configuration) and [deployment](deployment_options) type.
-
-| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type | Deployment type |
-| ---------------------------- | -------- | ------------------------------ | ----------------------- |
-| PostgreSQL | 11–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
-| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability | Your cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Extended Server | 14-15 | Distributed high-availability | Your cloud account |
-
-## Choosing your cluster type and configuration
-
-| Consideration | [Single node](#single-node) |[Primary/standby HA](#primarystandby-high-availability) | [HA + standby replica](#standby-replicas) | [Distributed HA single region](#single-data-location) | [Distributed HA multi-region](#two-data-locations-and-witness) |
-|--------------------------|-----------|------------------|--------------------|----------------------------|---------------------------|
-| Data replication | None | Physical | Physical | Logical | Logical |
-| Region | Single | Single | Multi | Single | Multi |
-| VM failure tolerance | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
-| AZ failure tolerance | TBD | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
-| Region failure tolerance | TBD | TBD | ✅ | TBD | ✅ |
-| Recovery time objective | varies | 35s-60s | varies | 0 | 0 |
-| Recovery point objective | <5 min | 0 | <5 min | 0 | 30s (configurable) |
-| Service level agreement | 99.5% | 99.99% | 99.99% | 99.99% | 99.995% |
-
-### Single node
+## Single node
For nonproduction use cases where high availability isn't a primary concern, a cluster deployment with high availability not enabled provides one primary with no standby replicas for failover or read-only workloads.
@@ -46,7 +21,7 @@ In case of unrecoverable failure of the primary, a restore from a backup is requ
![BigAnimal Cluster4](images/single-node.png)
-### Primary/standby high availability
+## Primary/standby high availability
The Primary/Standby High Availability option is provided to minimize downtime in cases of failures. Primary/standby high-availability clusters—one *primary* and one or two *standby replicas*—are configured automatically, with standby replicas staying up to date through physical streaming replication.
@@ -60,7 +35,7 @@ In case of temporary or permanent unavailability of the primary, a standby repli
Incoming client connections are always routed to the current primary. In case of failure of the primary, a standby replica is promoted to primary, and new connections are routed to the new primary. When the old primary recovers, it rejoins the cluster as a standby replica.
-#### Standby replicas
+### Standby replicas
By default, replication is synchronous to one standby replica and asynchronous to the other. That is, one standby replica must confirm that a transaction record was written to disk before the client receives acknowledgment of a successful commit.
@@ -87,11 +62,11 @@ The witness node/witness group doesn't host data but exists for management purpo
!!!Note
Operations against a distributed high-availability cluster leverage the [EDB Postgres Distributed switchover](/pgd/latest/cli/command_ref/pgd_switchover/) feature which provides sub-second interruptions during planned lifecycle operations.
-#### Single data location
+### Single data location
A single data location configuration has three data nodes with one lead and two shadow nodes each in separate availability zones.
-#### Two data locations and witness
+### Two data locations and witness
A true active-active solution that protects against regional failures, a two data locations configuration has:
@@ -103,7 +78,7 @@ A true active-active solution that protects against regional failures, a two dat
-### For more information
+## For more information
For instructions on creating a distributed high-availability cluster using the BigAnimal portal, see [Creating a distributed high-availability cluster](../getting_started/creating_a_cluster/creating_an_eha_cluster/).
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03_security/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03_security/index.mdx
index 7850723ff0a..32c6eaf56ce 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03_security/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03_security/index.mdx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: "Security"
---
-BigAnimal runs in your own cloud account or BigAnimal's cloud account. Every BigAnimal cluster is logically isolated from other BigAnimal clusters, but the security properties of the system are different in each [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options). The key security features are:
+BigAnimal runs in your own cloud account or BigAnimal's cloud account. Every BigAnimal cluster is logically isolated from other BigAnimal clusters, but the security properties of the system are different in each [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options). The key security features are:
- **Data isolation:** With both deployment options, data is fully isolated between separate clusters. No two BigAnimal clusters share a Postgres process, virtual machine, or storage volume. The implementation of this isolation depends on the deployment option.
- **Your own cloud account:** Clusters are installed and managed on virtual machines and storage volumes deployed by BigAnimal on your behalf in your cloud environment. Complete segregation of your data is assured. Your data never leaves your cloud account, and your clusters don't share network segments with other customers' clusters.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03a_region_support/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03a_region_support/index.mdx
index 19b20fafd22..cb1b41582ef 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03a_region_support/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/03a_region_support/index.mdx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: "Supported regions"
deepToC: true
---
-Region support varies by whether you're using [your cloud account](#your-cloud-account) or [Biganimal's cloud account](#biganimals-cloud-account) as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options).
+Region support varies by whether you're using [your cloud account](#your-cloud-account) or [Biganimal's cloud account](#biganimals-cloud-account) as your [deployment option](/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options).
See [Country and geographical region reference](country_reference) for information on geographical region short names and the countries that are in each geographical region.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_cluster_type.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_cluster_type.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3fd76d7e8db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_cluster_type.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+title: Choosing your cluster type
+description: Choose the cluster type and configuration that meets your availability requirements.
+---
+
+Choose the cluster type and configuration that meets your availability requirements.
+
+Select the cluster type names in the table heading for more information on each type and configuration.
+
+| Consideration | [Single node](../overview/02_high_availability/#single-node) | [Primary/Standby HA](../overview/02_high_availability/#primarystandby-high-availability) | [HA + standby replica](../overview/02_high_availability/#standby-replicas) | [Distributed HA single region](../overview/02_high_availability/#single-data-location) | [Distributed HA multi-region](../overview/02_high_availability/#two-data-locations-and-witness) |
+| ------------------------ | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Data replication | None | Physical | Physical | Logical | Logical |
+| Region | Single | Single | Multi | Single | Multi |
+| VM failure tolerance | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| AZ failure tolerance | TBD | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Region failure tolerance | TBD | TBD | ✅ | TBD | ✅ |
+| Recovery time objective | varies | 35s-60s | varies | 0 | 0 |
+| Recovery point objective | <5 min | 0 | <5 min | 0 | 30s (configurable) |
+| Service level agreement | 99.5% | 99.99% | 99.99% | 99.99% | 99.995% |
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0699f1272e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+---
+title: Choosing your Postgres distribution
+description: See what Postgres distributions and versions are available based on your deployment and availability choices.
+---
+
+Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](../overview/02_high_availability) and [deployment](deployment_options) type.
+
+| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type | Deployment type |
+| ---------------------------- | -------- | ------------------------------ | ----------------------- |
+| PostgreSQL | 11–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
+| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability | Your cloud account |
+
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
similarity index 87%
rename from product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options/index.mdx
rename to product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
index 30cdb020c27..0be0c798587 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
---
-title: Deployment options
+title: Choosing your deployment option
+description: Choose to use either your cloud account or BigAnimal's.
+redirect: ../overview/deployment_options
---
You have two deployment options with BigAnimal. You can deploy clusters in your cloud account, or you can deploy in BigAnimal's cloud account.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/index.mdx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47f23a4f467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/index.mdx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+---
+title: Planning
+indexCards: simple
+navigation:
+- deployment_options
+- choosing_cluster_type
+- choosing_postgres_distro
+---
\ No newline at end of file
From 255017c3c554679f426b4d18fb9d81e6f565d482 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Fri, 1 Sep 2023 08:02:14 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 112/255] Broke up Postgres table
---
.../planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx | 20 ++++++++++++-------
1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
index b0699f1272e..d14ee07593a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
@@ -5,11 +5,17 @@ description: See what Postgres distributions and versions are available based on
Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](../overview/02_high_availability) and [deployment](deployment_options) type.
-| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type | Deployment type |
-| ---------------------------- | -------- | ------------------------------ | ----------------------- |
-| PostgreSQL | 11–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
-| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability | Your cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability | BigAnimal cloud account |
-| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability | Your cloud account |
+## Postgres distribution using your cloud account
+| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type |
+|------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
+| PostgreSQL | 11–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
+
+## Postgres distribution using the BigAnimal cloud account
+
+| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type |
+|------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
+| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability |
From 1451fefdaa020933fed68affc0cd218a3290c0ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 15:58:42 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 113/255] fixed redirect command
---
.../biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx | 3 ++-
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
index 0be0c798587..b6a91bed1b3 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/deployment_options/index.mdx
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
---
title: Choosing your deployment option
description: Choose to use either your cloud account or BigAnimal's.
-redirect: ../overview/deployment_options
+redirects:
+ - /biganimal/release/overview/deployment_options/
---
You have two deployment options with BigAnimal. You can deploy clusters in your cloud account, or you can deploy in BigAnimal's cloud account.
From ade5344dbb58d79a53460bed954a30b71581197d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 16:26:10 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 114/255] BigAnimal: Adding PGE distro for BAH
---
.../docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx | 1 +
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
index d14ee07593a..0c38d064140 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
@@ -18,4 +18,5 @@ Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](../overview/02_hig
| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type |
|------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Extended Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability |
From e79b170ef2a51f383f4a6e256c27d123713dba95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 16:51:09 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 115/255] added PGE for BYOA and EPAS for BAH
---
.../biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx | 4 +++-
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
index 0c38d064140..fe6b8197fbc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/planning/choosing_postgres_distro.mdx
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](../overview/02_hig
|------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
| PostgreSQL | 11–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Extended Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
## Postgres distribution using the BigAnimal cloud account
@@ -18,5 +19,6 @@ Postgres distribution and version support varies by [cluster](../overview/02_hig
| Postgres distribution | Versions | Cluster type |
|------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
| PostgreSQL | 12–15 | Single-node, primary/standby high-availability |
-| EDB Postgres Extended Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Single node, primary/standby high availability |
+| EDB Postgres Extended Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
+| EDB Postgres Advanced Server | 14–15 | Distributed high-availability |
From 4ab14fef1506bcd892e306b3d048600de5de4c4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: drothery-edb
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 17:15:08 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 116/255] BigAnimal: commit scopes recommendation
---
.../docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
index 22502abe6e1..a2dd68bd6a6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/biganimal/release/overview/02_high_availability.mdx
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Distributed high-availability clusters are powered by [EDB Postgres Distributed]
Distributed high-availability clusters support both EDB Postgres Advanced Server and EDB Postgres Extended Server database distributions.
-Distributed high-availability clusters contain one or two data groups. Your data groups can contain either three data nodes or two data nodes and one witness node. One of these data nodes is the leader at any given time, while the rest are shadow nodes.
+Distributed high-availability clusters contain one or two data groups. Your data groups can contain either three data nodes or two data nodes and one witness node. One of these data nodes is the leader at any given time, while the rest are shadow nodes. We don't recommend you use two data nodes and one witness node in production unless you use asynchronous [commit scopes](/pgd/latest/durability/commit-scopes/).
[PGD Proxy](/pgd/latest/routing/proxy) routes all application traffic to the leader node, which acts as the principal write target to reduce the potential for data conflicts. PGD Proxy leverages a distributed consensus model to determine availability of the data nodes in the cluster. On failure or unavailability of the leader, PGD Proxy elects a new leader and redirects application traffic. Together with the core capabilities of EDB Postgres Distributed, this mechanism of routing application traffic to the leader node enables fast failover and switchover.
From 3dfd475b7a4b5f4e589ca4c6a5a18968045cdb33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 10:32:17 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 117/255] First edits to implement Betsy's copy edits
---
install_template/templates/platformBase/base.njk | 2 +-
install_template/templates/platformBase/redhat-family.njk | 4 ++--
install_template/templates/platformBase/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk | 2 +-
3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/base.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/base.njk
index a07a2b4902e..15bfe645bd4 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/base.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/base.njk
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ title: Installing {{ product.name }} on {{ platform.name }} {{ platform.arch }}
Before you begin the installation process:
{% block product_prerequisites %}
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
{% block postgresql_preamble %}{% endblock postgresql_preamble %}
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/redhat-family.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/redhat-family.njk
index 26cb2238d68..f0df9b28c7a 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/redhat-family.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/redhat-family.njk
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
{% extends "platformBase/base.njk" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo {{ packageManager }} {{ packageManagerNoninteractive }} install {{ epelRepo }}
```
{% if platform.arch == "ppc64le" -%}
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
index 8546541c049..dd0f955c85f 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
{% set epelRepo = "https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
From 3acf2fd768b8fb35debaa43103be20ce700c9965 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 11:06:22 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 118/255] Changes needed for Betsy's edits to rhel_7
---
.../_centos-rhel-installcommand.njk | 2 +-
.../edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk | 22 +++++++++----------
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/_centos-rhel-installcommand.njk b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/_centos-rhel-installcommand.njk
index 47376f89cba..0c3c4a540e5 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/_centos-rhel-installcommand.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/_centos-rhel-installcommand.njk
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as{{ product.version }}`.
\ No newline at end of file
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as{{ product.version }}`.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
index c04b8572d23..8ad6b911bc4 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/base.njk
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirects:
{% block installCommand %}
{{super()}}{% block slesoption %}
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version {{ product.version }}, the package name would be `edb-as{{ product.version }}-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version {{ product.version }}, the package name is `edb-as{{ product.version }}-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
{% block postinstall %}
## Initial configuration
{% block debian_ubuntu %}
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
{# this is kinda awful, but gotta deal with the reorg somehow... --jh #}
{% set init_cluster_url = "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/specifying_cluster_options/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode" if product.version >= 15 else "../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode" %}
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-{{ product.version | replace(".", "") }}-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode]({{ init_cluster_url }}).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-{{ product.version | replace(".", "") }}-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode]({{ init_cluster_url }}).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as{{ product.version }}/bin/edb-as-{{ product.version | replace(".", "") }}-setup initdb
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as{{ product.version }}/bin/edb-
sudo systemctl start edb-as-{{ product.version }}
```{% endblock debian_ubuntu %}
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change
{# this is kinda awful, but gotta deal with the reorg somehow... --jh #}
{% set config_doc_path = "database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/" if product.version >= 15 else "epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/" %}
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../{{config_doc_path}}#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../{{config_doc_path}}#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
From d69547a635eef596fb7e34fbc6c9d2be25ec0fbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 11:17:34 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 119/255] remaining edits from Betsy
---
install_template/templates/platformBase/ppc64le_index.njk | 2 +-
install_template/templates/platformBase/sles-12.njk | 4 ++--
install_template/templates/platformBase/x86_64_index.njk | 2 +-
.../products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk | 4 ++--
4 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/ppc64le_index.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/ppc64le_index.njk
index 468a0145dce..d114bf79bd0 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/ppc64le_index.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/ppc64le_index.njk
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ navigation:
{% endblock navigation %}
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
{% block install %}
{% if osVersions.hasFamily("RHEL") %}
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/sles-12.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/sles-12.njk
index f1cc221cfb3..eaf073a97f6 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/sles-12.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/sles-12.njk
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
{% endblock repocheck %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{% block other_platform_prerequesites_shell %}{% endblock other_platform_prerequesites_shell %}
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
{%- filter indent(2) -%}
{% block activateSUSEmodule %}
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/{{ platform.arch }}
{% endblock activateSUSEmodule %}
{%- endfilter %}
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/x86_64_index.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/x86_64_index.njk
index 81a62b5d5a0..a1afaa42d22 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/x86_64_index.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/x86_64_index.njk
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ navigation:
{% endblock navigation %}
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
{% if osVersions.hasFamily("RHEL") %}
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
index ce23ce51d69..45e3e78251c 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/edb-postgres-advanced-server/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "rhel-8-or-ol-8" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
{% endblock prerequisites %}
{% block installCommand %}
{{ super() }}
From 1f2051dc47c8f31c68ef4c7a229db92f75b5a6a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Wed, 6 Sep 2023 11:59:55 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 120/255] minor edits for consistency across products in
install topics
---
install_template/templates/products/failover-manager/base.njk | 2 +-
.../products/postgres-enterprise-manager-server/base.njk | 2 +-
2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/failover-manager/base.njk b/install_template/templates/products/failover-manager/base.njk
index 003ba4f8859..7004f34dd2d 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/failover-manager/base.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/failover-manager/base.njk
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
{% endblock frontmatter %}
{% block product_prerequisites %}
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/postgres-enterprise-manager-server/base.njk b/install_template/templates/products/postgres-enterprise-manager-server/base.njk
index dc748eda2e5..6bce2400b34 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/postgres-enterprise-manager-server/base.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/postgres-enterprise-manager-server/base.njk
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirects:
{% endblock frontmatter %}
{% block product_prerequisites %}
-- Set up the repository
+- Set up the repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you do not need to perform this step.
{%- filter indent(2) -%}
From f88cc3556de565ff000445b70baa5387e190a6ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 10:23:15 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 121/255] Assorted changes to install templates to match
Betsy's edits
---
.../templates/platformBase/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk | 2 +-
.../templates/platformBase/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk | 2 +-
.../templates/products/migration-toolkit/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk | 2 +-
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/centos-7.njk | 4 ++--
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk | 4 ++--
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-11.njk | 2 +-
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk | 4 ++--
.../templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-12.njk | 4 ++--
.../templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-15.njk | 4 ++--
.../products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/ubuntu-18.04.njk | 2 +-
.../products/postgresql/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk | 4 ++--
.../products/postgresql/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk | 4 ++--
.../templates/products/postgresql/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk | 4 ++--
.../templates/products/postgresql/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk | 4 ++--
14 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
index 0d19ec4d712..27240325451 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
{% set epelRepo = "epel-release" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk b/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
index 0d19ec4d712..27240325451 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/platformBase/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
{% set epelRepo = "epel-release" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/migration-toolkit/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk b/install_template/templates/products/migration-toolkit/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
index c57ac1397a8..8797e6d5da5 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/migration-toolkit/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/migration-toolkit/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
{% extends "products/migration-toolkit/base.njk" %}
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "rhel-7-or-ol-7" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
-- Address other prerequisites
+- Address other prerequisites:
```shell
# Install the EPEL repository:
sudo {{ packageManager }} -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/centos-7.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/centos-7.njk
index 02a0ae1d5ba..a910a4bd21a 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/centos-7.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/centos-7.njk
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "centos-7" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Download and install the MySQL repo
+- Download and install the MySQL repo:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dev.mysql.com/get/mysql80-community-release-el7-3.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable the MySQL repo
+- Enable the MySQL repo:
```shell
# For MySQL 8:
sudo yum -y install --enablerepo=mysql80-community --disablerepo=mysql57-community edb-as-mysql8_fdw
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
index 953a63f94af..17aef377faf 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-10.njk
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "debian-10" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Download the GPG key to your APT keyring directly using the apt-key utility
+- Download the GPG key to your APT keyring directly using the apt-key utility:
```shell
sudo apt-key adv --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 3A79BD29
```
-- Install and configure the MySQL repo
+- Install and configure the MySQL repo:
```shell
# For MySQL 8:
sudo echo "deb http://repo.mysql.com/apt/debian/buster mysql-8.0" | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/mysql.list
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-11.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-11.njk
index ca8a17a58a2..64b0aedfd29 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-11.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/debian-11.njk
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "debian-11" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Address other prerequisites
+- Address other prerequisites:
```shell
# Download the GPG key to your APT keyring directly using the apt-key utility:
sudo apt-key adv --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 3A79BD29
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
index ed2f18695d5..99cd1b5c547 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/rhel-7-or-ol-7.njk
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "rhel-7-or-ol-7" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Download and install the MYSQL repo
+- Download and install the MYSQL repo:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dev.mysql.com/get/mysql80-community-release-el7-3.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable the MYSQL repo
+- Enable the MYSQL repo:
```shell
# For MySQL 8:
sudo yum -y install --enablerepo=mysql80-community --disablerepo=mysql57-community edb-as-mysql8_fdw
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-12.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-12.njk
index b2b37c9fe1a..717f4a1069a 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-12.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-12.njk
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
{% extends "products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/base.njk" %}
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "sles-12" %}
{% block other_platform_prerequesites_shell %}
-- Install the MySQL community repository
+- Install the MySQL community repository:
```shell
sudo wget https://dev.mysql.com/get/mysql80-community-release-sles12-5.noarch.rpm
rpm --import /etc/RPM-GPG-KEY-mysql-2022
```
-- Enable the MySQL8 repository and disable the MySQL 5 repository
+- Enable the MySQL8 repository and disable the MySQL 5 repository:
```shell
sudo zypper modifyrepo -e mysql80-community
sudo zypper modifyrepo -d mysql57-community
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-15.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-15.njk
index 5f55a49d9b4..9f4eb01d190 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-15.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/sles-15.njk
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
{% extends "products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/base.njk" %}
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "sles-15" %}
{% block other_platform_prerequesites_shell %}
-- Install the MySQL community repository
+- Install the MySQL community repository:
```shell
sudo wget https://dev.mysql.com/get/mysql80-community-release-sles12-5.noarch.rpm
rpm --import /etc/RPM-GPG-KEY-mysql-2022
```
-- Enable the MySQL8 repository and disable the MySQL 5 repository
+- Enable the MySQL8 repository and disable the MySQL 5 repository:
```shell
sudo zypper modifyrepo -e mysql80-community
sudo zypper modifyrepo -d mysql57-community
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/ubuntu-18.04.njk b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/ubuntu-18.04.njk
index f8524f04a99..685ce6450ef 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/ubuntu-18.04.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/mysql-foreign-data-wrapper/ubuntu-18.04.njk
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "ubuntu-18.04" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Address other prerequisites
+- Address other prerequisites:
```shell
# Download the GPG key to your APT keyring directly using the apt-key utility:
sudo apt-key adv --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 3A79BD29
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
index ffa6c0ec182..7b887f59c62 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-8-or-rocky-linux-8.njk
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
{% set packageManager = "dnf" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
index 66fbc3f403b..8ddeed61ba9 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/almalinux-9-or-rocky-linux-9.njk
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
{% set packageManager = "dnf" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
index e0d423c0f84..ba6e166740e 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-8-or-ol-8.njk
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "rhel-8-or-ol-8" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
index 6a1aaa0763e..7ecad143179 100644
--- a/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
+++ b/install_template/templates/products/postgresql/rhel-9-or-ol-9.njk
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
{% set platformBaseTemplate = "rhel-9-or-ol-9" %}
{% block prerequisites %}
{{ super() }}
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-9-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
From 2a42046416d2f6f7416c00b982b097af8a81420a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Wicinas <93669463+dwicinas@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 11 Sep 2023 10:24:53 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 122/255] Deployed changes to install topics based on template
changes
---
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_8.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_9.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx | 8 ++---
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx | 8 ++---
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../41/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../41/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_8.mdx | 8 ++---
.../4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_9.mdx | 8 ++---
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_12.mdx | 8 ++---
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_15.mdx | 8 ++---
.../efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_centos_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_10.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_11.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_8.mdx | 8 ++---
.../linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_9.mdx | 8 ++---
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_7.mdx | 8 ++---
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_12.mdx | 8 ++---
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_15.mdx | 8 ++---
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_18.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_20.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_22.mdx | 4 +--
.../efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 34 +++++++++----------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../11/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 34 +++++++++----------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../12/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 34 +++++++++----------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 34 +++++++++----------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 34 +++++++++----------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../15/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx | 30 ++++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx | 32 ++++++++---------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx | 28 +++++++--------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx | 26 +++++++-------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx | 20 +++++------
.../epas/15/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/eprs_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/eprs_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/eprs_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/eprs_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../eprs/7/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../7/installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../7/installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../7/installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/eprs_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/eprs_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../eprs/7/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/hadoop_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/hadoop_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/hadoop_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/hadoop_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../2/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/hadoop_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/hadoop_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/hadoop_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/hadoop_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../2/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/jdbc_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/jdbc_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/jdbc_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/jdbc_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/jdbc_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/jdbc_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../55/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mtk_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mtk_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mtk_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mtk_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../55/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mtk_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mtk_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../55/installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_rhel_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../55/installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../55/installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mtk_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../5/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mongo_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mongo_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/mongo_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/mongo_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../5/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mongo_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mongo_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mongo_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mongo_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mongo_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mongo_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../2/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mysql_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/mysql_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/mysql_sles_12.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_ppc64le/mysql_sles_15.mdx | 10 +++---
.../2/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_centos_7.mdx | 8 ++---
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_debian_10.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_debian_11.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mysql_rhel_7.mdx | 10 +++---
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mysql_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mysql_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mysql_sles_12.mdx | 10 +++---
.../installing/linux_x86_64/mysql_sles_15.mdx | 10 +++---
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_ubuntu_18.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/mysql_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../14/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/ocl_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/ocl_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../14/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../14/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../14/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../15/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/ocl_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/ocl_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/ocl_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/ocl_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/odbc_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/odbc_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/odbc_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/odbc_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/odbc_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/odbc_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../pem/8/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../pem/8/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_centos_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../8/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../8/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_centos_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../pem/9/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_ppc64le/pem_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../pem/9/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_centos_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../9/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../9/installing/linux_x86_64/pem_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pem_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pem_agent_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_centos_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_other_linux_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_other_linux_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_7.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_8.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_rhel_9.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pem_agent_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../1/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pgbouncer_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgbouncer_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgbouncer_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgbouncer_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../1/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgbouncer_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../pge/15/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pge_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pge_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/pge_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/pge_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../15/installing/linux_x86_64/pge_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pge_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpool_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpool_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpool_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpool_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pgpool_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pgpool_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../installing/linux_x86_64/pgpool_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpool_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpoolext_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpoolext_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpoolext_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/pgpoolext_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/pgpoolext_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
.../3.2/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_ppc64le/postgis_rhel_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/postgis_rhel_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/postgis_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_ppc64le/postgis_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../3.2/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_centos_7.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_debian_10.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_debian_11.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_other_linux_8.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_other_linux_9.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_rhel_7.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_rhel_8.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_rhel_9.mdx | 4 +--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_sles_12.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_sles_15.mdx | 6 ++--
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_ubuntu_18.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_ubuntu_20.mdx | 2 +-
.../linux_x86_64/postgis_ubuntu_22.mdx | 2 +-
491 files changed, 1987 insertions(+), 1987 deletions(-)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index 405a2b69ff5..a097b53ec1f 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ navigation:
- postgresql_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
index fafea1fe49e..9b1cabf0563 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on RHEL 8 ppc64le
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
index 99b0f4470a5..57c6751499e 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on RHEL 9 ppc64le
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-9-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_12.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
index 7a5f9e698c4..cf44197df80 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on SLES 12 ppc64le
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_15.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
index f50f3ffb91b..c09677b6239 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_ppc64le/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on SLES 15 ppc64le
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index b6b14fb3987..4e8227c12c2 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ navigation:
- postgresql_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_centos_7.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_centos_7.mdx
index ca3f998f15a..1fb3e6d14ce 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_centos_7.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on CentOS 7 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_10.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_10.mdx
index 2944bed8d26..e8024039709 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_10.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on Debian 10 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_11.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_11.mdx
index c6259f15f71..62d817c16c8 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_debian_11.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on Debian 11 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_8.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_8.mdx
index 3453cf1818e..b43454a72e8 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on AlmaLinux 8 or Rocky Linux 8 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,23 +31,23 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_9.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_9.mdx
index c6990a216b4..9883b477c44 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on AlmaLinux 9 or Rocky Linux 9 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,23 +31,23 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_7.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_7.mdx
index 67b78e8dda2..82eab0899f2 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on RHEL 7 or OL 7 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
index 531c96d473d..f461b7dbf08 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on RHEL 8 or OL 8 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
index 7a9d41f6ab6..ea968986840 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on RHEL 9 or OL 9 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-9-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
-- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module
+- Disable the built-in PostgreSQL module:
```shell
dnf -qy module disable postgresql
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_12.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
index cc7ee086ebe..496cd607ca6 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_12.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on SLES 12 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_15.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
index a0cc5180e16..3db686f432a 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_sles_15.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on SLES 15 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_18.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_18.mdx
index d1f1a988bda..7c609647e78 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on Ubuntu 18.04 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_20.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_20.mdx
index aed6d5a8439..52ca7708bd4 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on Ubuntu 20.04 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
diff --git a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_22.mdx b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_22.mdx
index 1474cc92dd7..46c51df78dd 100644
--- a/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/advocacy_docs/supported-open-source/postgresql/installing/linux_x86_64/postgresql_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Installing PostgreSQL on Ubuntu 22.04 x86_64
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
!!! Note
Rather than use the EDB repository, you can obtain PostgreSQL installers and installation packages from the [PostgreSQL community downloads page](https://www.postgresql.org/download/).
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
index 7e146ff360c..45bfac28119 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
index 6095701477c..4316f3e2a1a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
index 741fc9afc3d..0bed756fad1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
index cd73e2b6bdc..a0a1f248390 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index b4915843470..ba38eb86c08 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ navigation:
- edbplus_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_centos_7.mdx
index 8470925b61c..2ba8f55332c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_centos_7.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_10.mdx
index 2c16d1133d7..2534a2aefb6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_10.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_11.mdx
index 95e488c9905..f1f782d7117 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_debian_11.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_8.mdx
index 87375b04a54..d5e6dabc419 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_9.mdx
index a38a22a3ee9..4b82829f2fb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_7.mdx
index 19d9a0935ab..0a7af912aa4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
index bc5bde9f2fb..7b9cac17632 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
index f011a985423..da34085d24d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
index 9a960797269..2034fb44de5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_12.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
index 372afcd2842..c05596e2c82 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_sles_15.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_18.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_18.mdx
index 9127b34b748..2054d93401c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_20.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_20.mdx
index 08480372379..a0b0eee2b37 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_22.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_22.mdx
index 1118e4c5ffc..bf7e7112e98 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/edbplus_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index 6d16709d316..6fc857751b3 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/edb_plus/41/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ navigation:
- edbplus_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_8.mdx
index b2368b04fa5..cd5bb9276a5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_9.mdx
index 256ec94bf40..9f24c34c58d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_12.mdx
index e219ad2f1f7..a72db4dc70b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_12.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_15.mdx
index 621bb93c910..548ad0f3d5d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/efm_sles_15.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index f556118eddd..1a3c7093259 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ navigation:
- efm_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_centos_7.mdx
index 747939aea06..406f537e858 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_centos_7.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_10.mdx
index f669a42732f..b37428d5abb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_10.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_11.mdx
index 0fb96b53083..91945fd53a6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_debian_11.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_8.mdx
index 48815da3ae6..a3aa26bd88c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_9.mdx
index 14a47807335..dc548b84296 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_7.mdx
index 589f72e9270..f33e3ea5e8c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_8.mdx
index ca424d4c98e..a4c7f824031 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_9.mdx
index c6cc53f6ca3..a4cca2907dc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_12.mdx
index f19c8ca1dab..70d00690261 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_12.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_15.mdx
index 9eb307813ac..c55f201fdd5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_sles_15.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_18.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_18.mdx
index 15042c78f1a..d859af00fdb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_20.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_20.mdx
index c9fca0ef5cd..14f30ae98f1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_22.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_22.mdx
index af4849f945f..46b1218bbe3 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/efm_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes)
+- Install Postgres on the same host (not needed for witness nodes).
- See [Installing EDB Postgres Advanced Server](/epas/latest/epas_inst_linux)
- See [PostgreSQL Downloads](https://www.postgresql.org/download/)
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index d7320b0b34d..f6fd5164bbd 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/efm/4/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ navigation:
- efm_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index 02e90eeb2f3..0f1650d3b84 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index ce830b92d04..d0c738954f8 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index 2738049f780..981eb3f1e3a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
index d04c4966643..19f261fcbb0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
index adf3ceaf823..cb969d9023e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index 4057676a0b0..394693b4f37 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
index 07efd6cc517..6b24871c75d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
index f5fcd29ceec..80d3286415c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
index 26452664caf..5397bd59bf2 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
index 201df5f00f7..8c436b8a209 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
index 802704e904b..8c7ffe76417 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index 7e4cc198fd5..6c8e4fe7880 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index 2cdb5d3aec0..a6cc561cee4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index 38e806c5999..2495e08caaa 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/11/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as11`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 8539bc38ae2..3772f7bef44 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
index e2cac95fc36..a9415b05bfe 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-11-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as11/bin/edb-as-11-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-11
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
index 0dc20b58447..b7c487927f9 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
index f5bfff329c7..28c6b56ac1c 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
index 41393f7f67b..5b44b3d75e4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 11, the package name would be `edb-as11-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 11, the package name is `edb-as11-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index 21aea65e285..e8137f1c3df 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/11/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index b27e69cc1a2..e03579fe03d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index 46de00c6177..3b8cac0238a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index a49e7e5a27b..3e444c6600e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 4b9152dd2dc..49bb168a9a7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
index e29010c529a..eed6caab5e2 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index 653ec118812..cbd6f39813d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
index c20d4cda14b..f966a66e147 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
index da8001119b4..1f3aa2525f7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
index f6fb10af3d3..c5d7441e94a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
index c4876480497..1ff3a9b112d 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
index fcc1e9a8947..96d22b8a253 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index e4b9bc19843..e25bb6a8524 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index ad0e6dc17a5..ba33cd2c9ff 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index f81e07fa64b..aef7056768e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/12/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as12`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
index f2e75d4d32f..077cb05acac 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
index 64b9bcbc9a5..280a85650f7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-12-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as12/bin/edb-as-12-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-12
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
index 222a2ae71a9..77881730bbc 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
index fa3907f4b9a..0b27809f1fb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
index d94bf09b3d3..36d1122c85a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 12, the package name would be `edb-as12-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 12, the package name is `edb-as12-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index 99dd429a918..50c6f13a08a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/12/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index 236d086ecdb..64bdd9b77c1 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index 29cfffbda46..f25af0f0846 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index e09657006f6..119b3d88ef0 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 744d2f8d194..96ca0c457d7 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
index 6762f3fcf11..e7acb2a4258 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index a9917c63a79..ceba742881e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
index db6d4eac24f..db6d66a71e5 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
index 9f712b5e1c8..fa47bb6ff8f 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
index 5a86a7ff287..e415c5f52b6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
index 6e15bcab71d..02794a41518 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
index e14dfcfc691..7108a5586f4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index 89761d28f3a..4ab029088f3 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index d67963990d0..0189a243189 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index e1689a0b1e3..59b97ab087b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/13/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as13`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 62b905d73f0..74fcad35575 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/x86_64
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
index 9936bfdebc2..a29eee83c7e 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/x86_64
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-13-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as13/bin/edb-as-13-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-13
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
index c134e425f05..6f9e612e9e6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_18.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
index 1b9652a775b..b0f4bfca8cb 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_20.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
index 206e4e60a5f..968895d87ce 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_ubuntu_22.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 13, the package name would be `edb-as13-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 13, the package name is `edb-as13-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
index bc42b9b5bc1..81c31417e1a 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/13/installing/linux_x86_64/index.mdx
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_debian_10
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and derivatives
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
index dc4f4593e8d..13d4ef480e4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
subscription-manager repos --enable "rhel-*-optional-rpms" --enable "rhel-*-extras-rpms" --enable "rhel-ha-for-rhel-*-server-rpms"
```
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/14/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
index e4d6a43bcfd..d025a5dab43 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-8.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
-- If you are also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
+- If you're also installing PostGIS, enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
ARCH=$( /bin/arch ) subscription-manager repos --enable "codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-${ARCH}-rpms"
```
!!!note
- If you are using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` may not be enabled and enabling it may incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages may be available under a different name such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. Consult the documentation for the RHEL image you are using to determine how to install `codeready-builder`.
+ If you're using a public cloud RHEL image, `subscription manager` might not be enabled. Enabling it might incur unnecessary charges. Equivalent packages might be available under a different name, such as `codeready-builder-for-rhel-8-rhui-rpms`. To determine how to install `codeready-builder`, consult the documentation for the RHEL image you're using.
## Install the package
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/14/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
index 4bbe1293368..781bb2e4ae4 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_rhel_9.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-9.noarch.rpm
```
-- Refresh the cache
+- Refresh the cache:
```shell
sudo dnf makecache
```
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sudo dnf -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/14/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
index 196b81ef1b9..8daed5b3501 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_12.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/12.5/ppc64le
sudo SUSEConnect -p sle-sdk/12.5/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
index fd0d365694b..cd288bd90d6 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/epas_sles_15.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Activate the required SUSE module
+- Activate the required SUSE module:
```shell
sudo SUSEConnect -p PackageHub/15.4/ppc64le
```
-- Refresh the metadata
+- Refresh the metadata:
```shell
sudo zypper refresh
```
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
index 5d63853dafd..f60a1c84f29 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_ppc64le/index.mdx
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ navigation:
- epas_sles_12
---
-For operating system-specific install instructions, including accessing the repo, see:
+Operating system-specific install instructions are described in the corresponding documentation:
### Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
index 313ea779958..f33bb5f6b65 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_centos_7.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo yum -y install https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/epel/epel-release-latest-7.noarch.rpm
```
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo yum -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ sudo yum -y install
Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available package list](/epas/14/installing/linux_install_details/rpm_packages/).
-Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash` and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
+Installing the server package creates an operating system user named enterprisedb. The user is assigned a user ID (UID) and a group ID (GID). The user has no default password. Use the `passwd` command to assign a password for the user. The default shell for the user is `bash`, and the user's home directory is `/var/lib/edb/as14`.
## Initial configuration
-This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
+Getting started with your cluster involves logging in, ensuring the installation and initial configuration was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-First you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
+First, you need to initialize and start the database cluster. The `edb-as-14-setup` script creates a cluster in Oracle-compatible mode with the `edb` sample database in the cluster. To create a cluster in Postgres mode, see [Initializing the cluster in Postgres mode](../linux_install_details/managing_an_advanced_server_installation/#initializing-the-cluster-in-postgres-mode).
```shell
sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sudo PGSETUP_INITDB_OPTIONS="-E UTF-8" /usr/edb/as14/bin/edb-as-14-setup initdb
sudo systemctl start edb-as-14
```
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
index f22d6dae181..45b9850f7e9 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_10.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
index 847dac6302e..eedcb491035 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_debian_11.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo apt-get -y install edb-as-server
```
-Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you are installing. For example, if you are installing version 14, the package name would be `edb-as14-server`.
+Where `` is the version of the EDB Postgres Advanced Server you're installing. For example, if you're installing version 14, the package name is `edb-as14-server`.
To install an individual component:
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Where `package_name` can be any of the available packages from the [available pa
This section steps you through getting started with your cluster including logging in, ensuring the installation was successful, connecting to your cluster, and creating the user password.
-To work in your cluster, login as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command line client (although you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string).
+To work in your cluster, log in as the enterprisedb user. Connect to the database server using the psql command-line client. Alternatively, you can use a client of your choice with the appropriate connection string.
```shell
sudo su - enterprisedb
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ psql edb
The server runs with the `peer` or `ident` permission by default. You can change the authentication method by modifying the `pg_hba.conf` file.
-Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
+Before changing the authentication method, assign a password to the database superuser, enterprisedb. For more information on changing the authentication, see [Modifying the pg_hba.conf file](../../epas_guide/03_database_administration/01_configuration_parameters/01_setting_new_parameters/#modifying-the-pg_hbaconf-file).
```sql
ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ ALTER ROLE enterprisedb IDENTIFIED BY password;
## Experiment
-Now you are ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
+Now you're ready to create and connect to a database, create a table, insert data in a table, and view the data from the table.
-First let's create a database to hold human resource information named `hr` using psql.
+First, use psql create a database named `hr` to hold human resource information.
```sql
# running in psql
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE DATABASE
```
-Connect to the `hr` database inside psql.
+Connect to the `hr` database inside psql:
```
\c hr
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ psql (15.2.0, server 15.2.0)
You are now connected to database "hr" as user "enterprisedb".
```
-Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations.
+Create columns to hold department numbers, unique department names, and locations:
```
CREATE TABLE public.dept (deptno numeric(2) NOT NULL CONSTRAINT dept_pk
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
CREATE TABLE
```
-Insert values into the `dept` table.
+Insert values into the `dept` table:
```
INSERT INTO dept VALUES (10,'ACCOUNTING','NEW YORK');
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ __OUTPUT__
INSERT 0 1
```
-View what is in the table by selecting the values from the table.
+View the table data by selecting the values from the table:
```
SELECT * FROM dept;
diff --git a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
index 2d22b064e7b..1f54101862b 100644
--- a/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
+++ b/product_docs/docs/epas/14/installing/linux_x86_64/epas_other_linux_8.mdx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirects:
Before you begin the installation process:
-- Set up the EDB repository
+- Set up the EDB repository.
Setting up the repository is a one-time task. If you have already set up your repository, you don't need to perform this step.
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
1. Follow the instructions for setting up the EDB repository.
-- Install the EPEL repository
+- Install the EPEL repository:
```shell
sudo dnf -y install epel-release
```
-- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies
+- Enable additional repositories to resolve dependencies:
```shell
sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled powertools
```
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Before you begin the installation process:
sudo dnf -y install edb-as